OMT186434 Unlocked

360D, 460D, and 560D
Skidders
John Deere Dubuque Works

OMT186434 A1
LITHO IN U.S.A.
ENGLISH
Introduction
Introduction
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate WARRANTY is provided as part of Timberjack’s
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so support program for customers who operate and
could result in personal injury or equipment damage. maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
This manual and safety signs on your machine may The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
also be available in other languages. (See your which you should have received from your dealer.
Timberjack dealer to order.)
This warranty provides you the assurance that
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a Timberjack will back its products where defects appear
permanent part of your machine and should remain within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
with the machine when you sell it. Timberjack also provides field improvements, often
without charge to the customer, even if the product is
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only modified to change its performance beyond the original
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and factory specifications, the warranty will become void
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch and field improvements may be denied. Setting fuel
wrench. delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined
by facing in the direction of forward travel. THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied with
your machine may not apply outside the U.S.
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: Diesel
record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine engine exhaust and some of its constituents are
should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these known to the State of California to cause cancer,
numbers when you order parts. File the identification birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
numbers in a secure place off the machine.
TX03679,000176F –19–15DEC00–1/2
121500
PN=2
Introduction
EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FOR

NEW JOHN DEERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (U.S. AND CANADA)
To determine if the engine in your machine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the "Engine Information"
label located on your engine. If you reside in the United States and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to
US EPA regulations on heavy duty non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "U.S. Emission Control Warranty
Statement." If you reside in California, and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to California regulations on heavy duty
non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "California Emission Control Warranty Statement."
U.S. EPA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT
Emissions control-related parts and components are warranted Operator's Manual. John Deere recommends that you retain all
by John Deere for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever receipts covering maintenance on your heavy-duty engine, but
occurs first. John Deere further warrants that the engine covered John Deere cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts
by this warranty was designed, built, and equipped so as to or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled
conform at the time of sale with all U.S. emissions standards at maintenance.
the time of manufacture, and that it is free of defects in materials
and workmanship which would cause it not to meet these However, as the heavy-duty engine owner, you should be aware
standards within the period of five years or 3000 hours of that John Deere may deny you warranty coverage if your heavy-
operations, whichever occurs first. duty engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper
maintenance or unapproved modifications.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine Your engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel only. Use of
warranty, less emisions-related parts and components, is any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in
provided separately as "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For New compliance with California's emissions requirements.
Construction Products."
You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The CARB
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT suggests that you present your machine to the nearest authorized
YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS John Deere dealer as soon as a problem is suspected. The
warranty repairs should be completed by the service dealer as
The California Air Resources Board (CARB) and John Deere are expeditiously as possible.
pleased to explain the emission control system on your new If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and
engine. In California, new heavy-duty engines must be designed, responsibilities, you should contact John Deere at 1-319-292-
built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog 5400, or the State of California Air Resources Board, Mobile Source
standards. John Deere must warrant the emission control system Operation Division, PO Box 8001, El Monte, CA 91731-2900
on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there
has been no abuse, neglect, or improper maintenance of your The warranty period begins on the date the machine is delivered
machine. to an ultimate purchaser, or when otherwise put into service.
John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each
subsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built and
Your emissions control system includes: equipped so as to conform with all applicable regulations adopted
by the Air Resources Board, and that it is free from defects in
Fuel Metering System materials and workmanship which would cause the failure of a
Fuel Injection System warranted part.
Air Induction System Any warranted part which is scheduled for replacement as
Intake Manifold required maintenance by the operator's manual is warranted by
Turbocharger System John Deere for the period of time prior to the first scheduled
Charge Air Cooling System replacement point for that part. If the part fails prior to the first
scheduled replacement point, the part shall be repaired or
Miscellaneous Items used in Above Systems replaced under warranty. Any such part repaired or replaced
under warranty is warranted for the remainder of the period prior
to the first scheduled replacement point for that part.
Where a warrantable condition exists, i.e. failure due to defect in
John Deere-supplied material and/or workmanship, John Deere Any warranted part which is not scheduled for replacement as
will repair your heavy-duty engine at no cost to you including required maintenance, or which is scheduled only for regular
diagnosis, parts and labor inspection to the effect of repairing or replacing as necessary, is
warranted for the warranty period.
JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY COVERAGE:
Repair or replacement of a warranted part will be performed at no
The emission control system of your heavy-duty engine is charge to you by an authorized John Deere dealer. You will not
warranted for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever be charged for diagnostic labor which leads to the determination
occurs first. If any emission-related part on your engine is that a warranted part is defective, if the diagnostic work is
defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by John Deere. performed by a John Deere dealer.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine John Deere is liable for damages to other engine components
caused by failure under warranty of any warranted part.
–19–28JUN00
warranty, less emissions-related parts and components, is

provided separately as the "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For John Deere is NOT liable for travel or mileage on extended
New Construction Products." emissions warranty service calls.
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES: Any replacement part may be used in the performance of any
maintenance or repairs, and such use will not reduce the warranty
T132126
As the heavy-duty engine owner, you are responsible for the obligations of John Deere. However, the use of add-on or
performance of the required maintenance as outlined in the modified parts are grounds for disallowing a warranty claim.
TX03679,000176F –19–15DEC00–2/2
121500
PN=3
Introduction
Technical Information Feedback Form
We need your help to continually improve our technical

publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your
comments, ideas and improvements.
SEND TO: Timberjack Inc

P.O. Box 160
Woodstock, Ontario, Canada, N4S 7X18
Attn: Product Support Manager
FAX NUMBER: 1-519-537-2664
Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):
OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of this publication? (Check one)
Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Company Name:
Technician Name:
Address:
Phone:
Fax No.:
Dealer Acct. No.:
THANK YOU!
CED,TX14740,7073 –19–21JUN00–1/1
121500
PN=4
Contents
Page Page
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 Windshield Washer Fluid Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Battery Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1 Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Dome Light—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Pressurized Water System—If Equipped . . . . . 10-18
Operator’s Station
Cold Weather Transmission Disconnect
Monitor Panel Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Handle—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Monitor Display Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Fuel Level Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Pre-Start Inspection
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . . 20-1
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator . . . . . . . 10-4
Transmission Oil Filter Restriction Indicator . . . . 10-4 Operating the Engine
Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . 10-4 Using Booster Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Engine Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator . . . . . . . 10-5 Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Starting Fluid—If Equipped (Cold Weather
Stop Indicator and Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Starting Aid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Service Required Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7
Differential Lock Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Engine Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Check Service Code Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Check Instruments After Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Secondary Steering Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Stopping the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Fasten Seat Belt Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Park Brake Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Driving the Machine
Steering Wheel Spinner Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Driving on Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescope Lever . . . . . . 10-9 General Driving Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Operating in Steep Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Accelerator Pedal and Engine Speed
Differential Lock Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Control Knob—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Adjusting Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever. . . . 30-3
Adjusting Air Ride Suspension Seat—If Inching Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Service Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Ground Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Work Light Switch and Deluxe Work Transporting Grapple—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . . . 30-5
Light Switch—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5
Removing Operator’s Station Door Window Parking the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Lock All Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Opening Secondary Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Operator’s Manual Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Operating the Machine
Defrosting, Heating, and Air Conditioning Differential Lock Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1
Controls—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Blade Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Front Windshield Wiper and Washer . . . . . . . . 10-15 Winch Control Lever—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3
Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  2000
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
i 121500
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Fastening Cable to Winch Drum—4000 Maintenance and Repair Record

Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7
Fastening Cable to Winch Drum—6000
Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Maintenance—As Required
Winch Free Spool Drag Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 35-8 Clean Debris from Condenser and Oil
Grapple and Arch Control Lever (Single Cooler—If Equipped, and Radiator . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Function)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Inspect Serpentine Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2
Arch and Boom Control Lever and Inspect Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Grapple Control Lever (Dual Function)—If Clean Dusty Primary Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Check Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
Single Lever Pilot Controller (Single Check Wheel Bolt Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Function)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Clean Fuel Tank Filler Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Single Lever Pilot Controller (Dual Fill and Charge Pressurized Water
Function)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 System—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Arch Down Function With Engine Off . . . . . . . . 35-13 Check Fire Extinguisher Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9
Grapple Release With Engine Off. . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Grapple Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13 Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Grapple Damper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14 Check Recovery Tank Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Grapple Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14 Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Check and Drain Primary Fuel Filter (Water
Transporting Separator). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Loading Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Clean Air Cleaner Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Towing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2 Lubricate Frame Hinge Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4
Lubricate Boom and Arch Cylinder Pins
Fuels and Lubricants and Arch-to-Frame Pivot—If Equipped . . . . . . 60-5
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Lubricate Damper, Yoke, and Crosshead
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Pins—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-6
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Lubricate Tongs and Tong Cylinders—If
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Lubricate Boom-to-Arch Pivot—If Equipped . . . . 60-7
Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-8
Transmission, Hydraulic System, Park Check Hydraulic System Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . 60-9
Brake, Differential, Cab Hydraulic
Pump and Winch Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Maintenance—Every 100 Hours
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Lubricate Front Axle Pivots and Front
Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Steering Cylinder Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7 Lubricate Rear Steering Cylinder Pins . . . . . . . . 65-1
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants. . . . . . . . . . 45-7 Lubricate Winch Fairlead Rollers—If
Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Lubricate Lower Drive Shaft Support Bearing . . . 65-2
Periodic Maintenance Lubricate Winch Telescoping Drive Shaft—
If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals. . . . 50-1
Lubricate Lower Telescoping Drive Shaft . . . . . . 65-3
Check the Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Lubricate Stacking Blade and Cylinder Pivots. . . 65-3
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Prepare Machine for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2
Locking Machine Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3 Maintenance—Every 250 Hours
Opening the Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3 Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . . 75-1
Opening Engine Side Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4
Maintenance and Repair Record Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 Check Radiator Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS,
and 3-Way Coolant Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6 Continued on next page
ii 121500
PN=2
Contents
Page Page
Replace Primary Fuel Filter (Water Checking Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15

Separator)—360D and 460D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2 Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Replace Final Fuel Filter—360D and 460D . . . . 80-4 Filling the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17
Replace Primary Fuel Filter (Water Testing the Coolant Level—Protection Level . . 90-18
Separator)—560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-5 Do Not Service Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18
Replace Final Fuel Filter—560D. . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-6 Do Not Adjust Injection Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
Check Brake Accumulator Action . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7 Bleed Fuel System—360D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
Check Rear Differential Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7 Bleed Fuel System—460D And 560D. . . . . . . . 90-21
Check Front Differential Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-8 Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . . 90-23
Replace Differential Lock Return Filter . . . . . . . . 80-9 Handling Batteries Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Replace Transmission Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-10 Service Batteries Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Check Air Intake Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-11 Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . 90-27
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-12 Using Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-28
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-14 Welding on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Replacing Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours Changing Reverse Warning Alarm Volume. . . . 90-33
Replace Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Checking Neutral Start System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-34
Replace Air Cleaner Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Servicing Air Conditioning System—If
Change Front Differential Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35
Change Rear Differential Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Checking Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Replace Transmission Breather Filter . . . . . . . . . 85-6 External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Change Winch Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6 Winch BRAKE OFF Adjustment—If
Lubricate Grapple Rotate Bearing—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-38
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8 Grapple Damper Adjustment—If Equipped . . . . 90-42
Replace Differential Lock Inlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . 85-8 Replacing Grapple Shock—If Equipped . . . . . . 90-44
Change Transmission Oil, Replace Brake Pedal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-44
Filter, and Clean Suction Screen. . . . . . . . . . . 85-8 Checking Windshield Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Inspect Engine Torsional Damper. . . . . . . . . . . 85-12 Do Not Service Control Valves,
Change Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13 Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter . . . 85-15
Adding Attachments/Accessories to
Check Engine Idle Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-16
Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) . . . . . 90-46
Adjust Engine Speed Control
Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-46
Linkage—360D and 460D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-18
Keeping ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . 90-47
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage—
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque
560D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-20
Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-48
Check and Adjust Valve Lash—360D
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . 90-49
and 460D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-22
Check and Adjust Valve Lash—560D . . . . . . . . 85-24 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values. . . 90-50
Check Oil Lines And Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-52
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss
Maintenance
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-53
Replace Engine Torsional Damper . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Service Recommendations for Flat Face
Clean Cab Recirculating Air Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
O-Ring Seal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-55
Drain Final Fuel Filter—360D and 460D . . . . . . . 90-3
Service Recommendations for Metric
Clean Crankcase Vent Tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Add Coolant Conditioner to Radiator . . . . . . . . . 90-4 Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 90-56
Check Receiver-Dryer Moisture Indicator—If Service Recommendations For Inch
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings . . . . . . . . . . 90-57
Clean Fresh Air (Air Conditioning) Filter . . . . . . . 90-7
Check Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7 Operational Checkout
Hydraulic Cab Tilt Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8 Operational Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
Servicing the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13
Draining the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13 Continued on next page
iii 121500
PN=3
Contents
Page Page
Gauge, Indicators and Control Checks 460D Cable Skidder Drain and Refill
(Engine Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-23
Gauge, Indicators, and Control Checks 4000 Series Winch Specifications—460D
(Engine ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-5 Cable Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-24
Brake System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-12 6000 Series Winch Specifications—460D
Steering System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-17 Cable Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-26
Transmission Cold Weather Disconnect 460D Grapple Skidder Dimensions. . . . . . . . . 115-27
Checks—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-22 460D Grapple Skidder Specifications . . . . . . . 115-30
Driving Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-24 460D Grapple Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-32
Hydraulic System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-26 460D Grapple Skidder Drain and Refill
Winch Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-36 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-33
Accessory Check (Engine OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-40 4000 Series Winch Specifications—460D
ROPS and Cab Component Checks. . . . . . . . . 95-43 Grapple Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-34
Miscellaneous Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-50 560D Grapple Skidder Dimensions. . . . . . . . . 115-36
560D Grapple Skidder Specifications . . . . . . . 115-39
Troubleshooting 560D Grapple Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-41
Using Troubleshooting Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 560D Grapple Skidder Drain and Refill
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-42
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-9 6000 Series Winch Specifications—560D . . . . 115-43
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-15 Ground Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-44
Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-18
Axle Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-19 Crime Prevention Tips
Service Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-19 Help Prevent Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20 Record Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20 Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-21 Park Indoors Out of Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-21 When Parking Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2
Reduce Vandalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2
Storage Report Thefts Immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-3
Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Monthly Storage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2 Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIS-1
Machine Numbers Service Literature Available

Record Product Identification Number (PIN) . . . 110-1 Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLIT-1
Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Record Winch Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Record Transmission Serial Number . . . . . . . . 110-1
Specifications
360D Cable Skidder Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
360D Cable Skidder Specifications. . . . . . . . . . 115-4
360D Cable Skidder Drain and Refill
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6
4000 Series Winch Specifications—360D . . . . . 115-7
360D Grapple Skidder Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . 115-9
360D Grapple Skidder Specifications . . . . . . . 115-12
360D Grapple Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-14
360D Grapple Skidder Drain and Refill
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-15
4000 Series Winch Specifications—360D
Grapple Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-16
460D Cable Skidder Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 115-18
460D Cable Skidder Specifications. . . . . . . . . 115-21
iv 121500
PN=4
Safety
–19–28SEP00
T133664
CED,OUO1079,161 –19–25SEP00–1/1
05-1 121500
PN=7
Safety
Recognize Safety Information
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the
potential for personal injury.
–UN–07DEC88
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
T81389
DX,ALERT –19–29SEP98–1/1
Understand Signal Words
A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is

used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.
DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
–19–30SEP88
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on
CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to
safety messages in this manual.
TS187
DX,SIGNAL –19–03MAR93–1/1
Follow Safety Instructions
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
–UN–23AUG88
available from your Timberjack dealer.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without
instruction. TS201
Keep your machine in proper working condition.

Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need

assistance, contact your Timberjack dealer.
DX,READ –19–25SEP00–1/1
05-2 121500
PN=8
Safety
Avoid Injury From Rollover

Accidents
----------------
Wear Your Seat Belt
----------------
Do Not Attempt to Jump Clear of
Tipping Machine—Serious or Fatal
Crushing Injuries Will Result
----------------
Machine Will Tip Over Faster Than
You Can Jump Free
To avoid rollovers:
• Be careful when operating on a slope.

• Avoid sharp turns.
• Balance loads so weight is evenly distributed and load
is stable.
• Carry tools and loads close to the ground to aid visibility
–19–22FEB90
and lower center of gravity.
• Reduce speed before turning or swinging load.
• Know capacity of machine. Do not overload.
• Be careful when operating at the edge of an excavation,
T7242EA
trench, or drop-off, and loading or unloading from a
trailer.
• Read and understand the operating instructions in the
operator’s manual.
TX,05,RR,490 –19–05JUN91–1/1
05-3 121500
PN=9
Safety
Avoid Injury From Backover

Accidents
----------------------------------
Before Moving Machine, Be Sure All
Persons Are Clear of Area
----------------------------------
–UN–21FEB90
Always Be Alert for Bystanders
Moving Into the Work Area. Use
Horn or Other Signal to Warn
T7241AY
Bystanders Before Moving Machine
---------------------------------
When Using a Signal Person, Keep
Person in View at All Times, Be Sure
Signal Person Is Clear Before
Backing Up
To avoid backover accidents:
• Always look around before you back up. Be sure that

everyone is in the clear.
• Keep bystanders away from pivot area of an articulated
machine.
• Keep reverse warning alarm in working condition, if
equipped.
• Use a signal person when backing up if view is
obstructed. Always keep signal person in view.
• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings
used on the job, and who has the responsibility for
signaling.
• Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good
condition.
• Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As
visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper
lighting.
• Read and understand the operating instructions in this
TX,05,DY367 –19– 3JUN96–1/1
05-4 121500
PN=10
Safety
Avoid Injury From Rollaway

Accidents
----------------
To Prevent Rollaway, Always Make
Sure Machine Is Properly Secured
Before Leaving Operator’s Seat
–UN–21FEB90
----------------
Death or Serious Injury May Result
If You Attempt to Mount or Stop a
T7241AZ
Moving Machine
To avoid rollaways:
• Select level ground when possible to park machine.

• Place transmission control and park brake lever in
PARK position.
• Lower all equipment to ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Block all wheels if you must park on a grade, position
machine to prevent rolling.
• Park a reasonable distance from other machines.
• Read and understand the operating instructions in this
TX,05,DH2603 –19–30NOV92–1/1
Inspect Machine
Inspect your machine carefully each day by walking

around it before you start it. (See Pre-Start Inspection
chapter.) –UN–18OCT88
T6607AQ
T82,BHSA,CL –19–14MAR90–1/1
05-5 121500
PN=11
Safety
Use Handholds and Steps
Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
When you get on and off the machine, always maintain a

three point contact with the steps and handrails, and face
–UN–15JUN89
the machine. Do not use the steering wheel or any
controls as handholds.
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
T6981AN
dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and

handrails when leaving the machine.
TX,05,DH553 –19–18MAR91–1/1
Prevent Machine Runaway
Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.

Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
–UN–11JAN89
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.
TS177
DX,BYPAS1 –19–29SEP98–1/1
05-6 121500
PN=12
Safety
Use Seat Belt Properly
Use a seat belt when you operate with a roll-over

protective structure (ROPS) or cab to minimize chance of
injury from an accident such as an overturn.
Do not use a seat belt if operating without a ROPS or
–UN–23AUG88
cab.
Replace entire seat belt if mounting hardware, buckle,

belt, or retractor show signs of damage.
TS205
Inspect seat belt and mounting hardware at least once a
year. Look for signs of loose hardware or belt damage,
such as custs, fraying, extreme or unusual wear,
discoloration, or abrasion. Replace only with replacement
parts approved for your machine. See your Timberjack
dealer.
TX03679,000177C –19–26OCT00–1/1
Maintain Seat Belt
It is important to use the seat belt on ROPS equipped

machines to minimize the chance of injury from an
accident such as an overturn. Keep the seat belt in good
condition.
The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced

after three years of usage, regardless of appearance.
Between replacement intervals:
• Carefully examine buckle, webbing, and attaching

hardware.
• Be sure that the retractor, if equipped, locks to prevent
belt extension after latching buckle.
• Be sure that attaching hardware is in place. Tighten, if
necessary.
• Replace the seat belt if it does not operate properly, or
if it is damaged, worn, or deteriorated.
TX,05,JC242 –19–03MAR95–1/1
05-7 121500
PN=13
Safety
Secondary Exits
Machines equipped with cabs or OPS (Operator

Protective Structure) are provided with secondary exits.
For additional secondary exit information, see Opening
Secondary Exit in Chapter 10 of this manual.
TX,05,JC327 –19–07FEB95–1/1
Travel Safely
Know the location of bystanders before moving the

machine.
Always keep the reverse warning alarm in working
–UN–20DEC88
condition. It warns people when the machine starts to
move in reverse.
Use a signal person when moving the machine in
T6964AD
congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting
the machine.
TX,05,DH496 –19–02AUG89–1/1
05-8 121500
PN=14
Safety
Operate Machine Safely
Always operate the machine with the operator Avoid contact between boom and overhead obstacles
protective structure (OPS) in place (doors, screens, when you operate, move, or haul machine.
windows, windshield, etc.).
Make sure work site footing is strong enough to firmly
Always walk around the machine before starting and support the machine.
moving it. Keep bystanders clear of machine,
especially before moving boom, swinging upper Always keep machine in gear when going down steep
structure, or traveling. Always be alert for bystanders hills or grades. Do not coast.
in or near the work area.
If engine stops during operation on a hillside, start
Use the seat belt under almost all operating conditions. engine immediately. Turn pilot control pressure switch
to OFF then to ON, and resume normal operation.
Never operate the machine without a functional park
brake. To skid logs with grapple:
Engage clutch slowly: • Clamp the grapple around logs.

• Lift end of logs off ground.
• When you drive out of a ditch or excavation. • Move boom forward to position logs closer to
• When you drive up a hill from a stop. bumper.
• When a heavy load is hitched to the machine.
TX,05,JC288 –19–07FEB95–1/1
Avoid Power Lines
Serious injury or death can result from contact with

electric lines.
Never move any part of the machine or load closer to

electric line than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator
length. Use a signal person to guide operator. Use
shrouds or insulators as necessary.
TX,05,FF,420 –19–20APR89–1/1
Work In Ventilated Area
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is

necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove
the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe
extension.
–UN–23AUG88
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the

doors and get outside air into the area
TS220
DX,AIR –19–17FEB99–1/1
05-9 121500
PN=15
Safety
Keep Riders Off Machine
Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the
machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting
–UN–23AUG88
in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
TS290
DX,RIDER –19–03MAR93–1/1
Handle Fuel Safely—Avoid Fires
Handle fuel with care: it is highly flammable. Do not refuel

the machine while smoking or when near open flame or
sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank
–UN–23AUG88
outdoors.
Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulated

trash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.
TS202
DX,FIRE1 –19–03MAR93–1/1
Prepare for Emergencies
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

–UN–23AUG88
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291
DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-10 121500
PN=16
Safety
Handle Starting Fluid Safely
Starting fluid is highly flammable.
Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep
starting fluid away from batteries and cables.
–UN–18MAR92
To prevent accidental discharge when storing the
pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store
in a cool, protected location.
TS1356
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
DX,FIRE3 –19–16APR92–1/1
Clean Trash from Machine
Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic

lines, fuel tank, and operator’s station clean.
Temperature in engine compartment may go up

immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR
–UN–23AUG88
FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean

engine compartment.
TS227
02T,05,J33 –19–14MAR90–1/1
Protect Against Flying Debris
When you drive connecting pins in or out, guard against

injury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear goggles
or safety glasses.
–UN–18OCT88
T6642DK
02T,05,J25 –19–07JAN91–1/1
05-11 121500
PN=17
Safety
Wear Protective Clothing
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of

the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
–UN–23AUG88
while operating machine.
TS206
DX,WEAR2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
Protect Against Noise
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as

earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
–UN–23AUG88
uncomfortable loud noises.
TS207
DX,NOISE –19–03MAR93–1/1
Handle Chemical Products Safely
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause

serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
Timberjack equipment include such items as lubricants,
coolants, paints, and adhesives.
–UN–26NOV90
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a TS1132
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and recommended equipment.
(See your Timberjack dealer for MSDS’s on chemical

products used with John Deere equipment.)
DX,MSDS,NA –19–25SEP00–1/1
05-12 121500
PN=18
Safety
Use Safety Lights and Devices
Operators of machines that travel below normal highway

speeds should take special precautions to avoid collision
with other vehicles.
–UN–10FEB89
Before driving on public roads, check state and local laws
that may apply to tractors, self-propelled machines, and
towed equipment. Additional lights, mirrors, SMV
emblems, or reflectors may be required.
N36564
Install and use all safety lights and devices necessary to
assure safe operation and local compliance. Keep these A—Lights
safety items in good condition. Replace missing or B—Slow Moving Vehicle Emblem
damaged parts immediately. C—Reflector Tape
D—Reflectors
TX,05,DH1729 –19–26JAN91–1/1
Keep ROPS Installed Properly
A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS) should

be replaced, not reused.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS

is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect

it carefully before operating the machine again.
To maintain the ROPS:
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade

hardware.
• Check hardware torque.
• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or wear;
replace them if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
TX,05,DH1846 –19–14MAY91–1/1
05-13 121500
PN=19
Safety
Keep the Operator Protective Structure (OPS)

in Place
It is important to keep the operator protective structure

(OPS) in place (doors, screens, windows, windshield, etc.)
to minimize hazards from whipping or intruding objects. To
maintain OPS protection, replace damaged parts
immediately.
Replace 3-piece hard-coated polycarbonate windshield

with only LEXAN Margard 5000 or equivalent.
The protection offered by OPS will be impaired if OPS is

subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn
incident, or is altered by welding, bending, drilling, or
cutting. Damaged OPS components should be replaced,
not reused.
Keep all bolts and attaching hardware tight.
LEXAN is a trademark of General Electric Corporation TX,90,JC297 –19–10MAR95–1/1
Lock Machine Frame
Connect frame locking bar (A) to both frames before

service work is done in the frame pivot area.
A—Frame Locking Bar
–UN–18APR00
T130046
CED,OUO1079,142 –19–07APR00–1/1
05-14 121500
PN=20
Safety
Warn Others of Service Work
Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
Before performing any work on the machine, attach a "DO

NOT OPERATE" tag to the steering wheel.
–19–22APR91
T7447AO
TX,05,DH1820 –19–14MAY91–1/1
05-15 121500
PN=21
Safety
Practice Safe Maintenance
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems
–UN–23AUG88
or welding on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or
TS218
welding on machine.
DX,SERV –19–17FEB99–1/1
Support Machine Properly
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. If the work requires that
the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure
support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically
supported devices can settle or leak down.
–UN–23AUG88
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,

or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
TS229
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a

machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement or attachment operator’s manual.
DX,LOWER –19–24FEB00–1/1
05-16 121500
PN=22
Safety
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 76 mm (3 in.) from area to

be affected by heating.
TS220
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
Do all work in an area that is ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
DX,PAINT –19–22OCT99–1/1
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be
–UN–15MAY90
accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.
TS953
DX,TORCH –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-17 121500
PN=23
Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source.
DX,FLUID –19–25SEP00–1/1
Clean the Machine Regularly
Remove any grease, oil, fuel, or debris buildup to avoid

possible injury or machine damage.
High pressure washing [greater than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar)
–UN–18OCT88
(200 psi)] can damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days minimum after
receipt of machine before cleaning with high pressure.
Use low pressure wash operations until 30 days have
T6642EJ
elapsed.
Do not spray oil cooler fins at an angle. Fins may bend.
TX,05,FF2787 –19–27JUL94–1/1
05-18 121500
PN=24
Safety
Service Cooling System Safely
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling

system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
–UN–23AUG88
to relieve pressure before removing completely.
TS281
DX,RCAP –19–04JUN90–1/1
Store Attachments Safely
Stored attachments such as dual wheels, cage wheels,

and loaders can fall and cause serious injury or death.
Securely store attachments and implements to prevent

falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from
–UN–23AUG88
storage area.
TS219
DX,STORE –19–03MAR93–1/1
Dispose of Waste Properly
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
–UN–26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into TS1133
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your Timberjack dealer.
DX,DRAIN –19–25SEP00–1/1
05-19 121500
PN=25
Safety Signs
Safety Signs
–UN–12APR00
–19–20AUG97
T130067B
T110633
A—Caution Decal
Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,87 –19–31MAR00–1/15
06-1 121500
PN=26
Safety Signs
–19–30AUG91
T7593AC
A—Safety Decal
–UN–20OCT00
T134675
06-2 121500
PN=27
Safety Signs
CAUTION
–UN–24APR00
T130068B
PREVENT MACHINE FIRES
Keep engine compartment and other machine 360D and 460D Shown
areas free of trash and debris. Clean daily.
Check for fuel or oil leaks every day. Repair and
–19–05JUN00
clean up spills immediately.
Keep fire extinguishers on machine and properly
maintained. Recharge immediately after use.
T130309
T130309
A—Caution Decal
06-3 121500
PN=28
Safety Signs
WARNING
–UN–12APR00
T130069B
Crushing injury could result.
–19–05JUN00
Do not ride on machine.

T152457
T130179
T130179
A—Warning Decal (2 places)
06-4 121500
PN=29
Safety Signs
–UN–12APR00
T130070B
–19–09FEB95
T8417AD
A—Warning Decal
06-5 121500
PN=30
Safety Signs
–UN–12APR00
T130071B
–19–22MAR93
T7972AP
A—Danger Decal
06-6 121500
PN=31
Safety Signs
CAUTION
1. AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS
–UN–12APR00
INJURY - Read and understand
Operator's Manual before
operating this machine.
2. Operate machine only from
operator's seat.
T130072B
3. Before leaving operator's seat.
- Lower Equipment to ground.
- Apply Park Brake with
transmission control lever.
- Stop Engine.
–19–05JUN00
4. DO NOT permit riders. T165803
T130180
T130180
A—Caution Decal
06-7 121500
PN=32
Safety Signs
–UN–03APR00
T129673B
–19–06JAN93
T7916AC
A—Warning Decal
06-8 121500
PN=33
Safety Signs
–UN–03APR00
T129673C
–19–22MAR93
T7939AI
A—Caution Decal—If Equipped
06-9 121500
PN=34
Safety Signs
–19–05JUN91
T7511CM
A—Caution Decal (2 places)
–UN–05APR00
T129679C
Decal Located Behind Seat
–UN–04APR00
T129548B
Access Panels Shown Removed
06-10 121500
PN=35
Safety Signs
WARNING
Contains spring
under load.
Prevent injury
from sudden
release by removing
capscrews evenly.
–UN–12APR00
–19–05JUN00
T162050
T130183
T130073
T130183
A—Warning Decal
06-11 121500
PN=36
Safety Signs
–UN–11OCT00
T129686C
–19–20SEP96
T103968
A—Caution Decal—If Equipped
06-12 121500
PN=37
Safety Signs
–19–01FEB93
T7934AM
A—Warning Decal (2 places)
–UN–05JAN98
T112673
CED,OUO1079,87 –19–31MAR00–13/15
–UN–12APR00
–19–14MAY96
T130074B
T101279
A—Caution Decal
06-13 121500
PN=38
Safety Signs
–19–01FEB89
T6735AC
On Engine Coolant Heater Cord Assembly—If Equipped
CED,OUO1079,87 –19–31MAR00–15/15
06-14 121500
PN=39
Monitor Panel Indicator Lights
–UN–12FEB98
T109650
A—Monitor Select Button F—Hydraulic Oil Filter J—Engine Alternator Voltage O—Check Service Code
B—Monitor Display Restriction Indicator Indicator Indicator
C—Engine Coolant G—Transmission Oil Filter K—Engine Oil Pressure P—Secondary Steering
Temperature Gauge Restriction Indicator Indicator Indicator—If Equipped
D—Fuel Level Gauge H—Transmission Oil L—STOP Indicator Q—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator
E—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Temperature Indicator M—Service Required Indicator R—Park Brake Indicator
Indicator I—Engine Air Cleaner N—Differential Lock Indicator
Restriction Indicator
The monitor has a display window, two gauges, two gauge and fuel tank level gauge remain backlit while
service indicators, and 12 function indicators. The the SELECT button and monitor display are in use.
monitor displays service codes sent by the When the SELECT button is released, unswitched
transmission controller. power is removed and information is no longer
displayed.
The display monitor has three modes of operation: • BULB CHECK MODE: With battery disconnect
switch ON and the engine not running, turning the
• KEY OFF MODE: With battery disconnect switch ON key switch ON puts the display monitor in bulb
and key OFF, pressing the SELECT button displays check mode. In this mode, the monitor alarm sounds
information on the monitor display. Repeatedly and all indicator lights glow, including stop indicator
pressing the SELECT button cycles the display (L) and service required indicator (M). Bulb check
between two display modes. Pressing and holding mode lasts five seconds, to allow the operator time
the SELECT button cycles between modes at four to verify that all display elements are functional.
second intervals. The engine coolant temperature
Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,43 –19–05OCT00–1/2
10-1 121500
PN=40
• ENGINE RUNNING MODE: Monitor enters engine The following monitor display modes are accessed by
running mode when it detects engine oil pressure or pressing the SELECT button when the monitor panel is
frequency from the alternator. In engine running in engine running mode:
mode, monitor displays status of machine functions
through its indicators and gauges. Repeatedly • Hour Meter
pressing the SELECT button cycles the display • Battery Voltage Indicator
between four display modes. Pressing and holding • Transmission Gear Position
the SELECT button cycles between modes at four • Engine rpm
second intervals.
Only the hour meter and battery voltage indicator
FOUR MONITOR DISPLAY MODES: display modes can be accessed in key OFF mode.
CED,OUO1079,43 –19–05OCT00–2/2
Monitor Display Window
Press the monitor select button (A) to view the following

information in the monitor display window (B):
• Display engine hour meter reading with key switch in

any position.
• Display battery voltage with key switch in any position.
• Display gear selection with key switch ON.
• Display engine rpm with key switch ON.
–UN–12FEB98
The monitor display window also displays transmission
service codes when they occur.
NOTE: If a service code is displayed (F3XX or ERR), see
T112914
your authorized dealer.
Each time monitor is started and engine is running,

A—Monitor Select Button
display window will show gear position. If engine is not B—Monitor Display Window
running, display window will default to hour meter.
TX,10,RB110 –19–05OCT00–1/1
10-2 121500
PN=41
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge is a nine segment

analog gauge that is controlled by a signal received from
the engine coolant temperature sender. Normal range of
gauge should show at least three to seven segments.
–UN–30MAR95
If temperature is too high, the ninth segment (A) will stay
on and the other eight segments will flash. The STOP
indicator light will flash and an audible alarm will sound.
T8448AU
Immediately take load off the machine and run engine at
high idle to allow engine to cool. If indicators continue to
stay on after several minutes of operation, stop engine
and check for problem. A—Engine Coolant Overheat Segment
TX,10,JC2062 –19–08MAY00–1/1
Fuel Level Gauge
Fuel level gauge is a nine segment analog gauge that is

controlled by a signal received from the fuel level sender.
If fuel level is low, the lowest segment (A) of gauge will
–UN–30MAR95
flash. Approximate fuel left is 38 L (10 gal).
A—Low Fuel Segment
T8448AO
TX,10,DX768 –19–08MAY00–1/1
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator
Indicator will light, STOP indicator will flash, and alarm will
sound when hydraulic oil temperature is too high. Stop
machine and take corrective action. –UN–12FEB98
T106946
TX,10,DX763 –19–30JAN97–1/1
10-3 121500
PN=42
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator
–UN–12FEB98
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic pump
damage. Change hydraulic oil filter as
soon as possible when a problem
occurs.
T112066
Hydraulic oil filter restriction and service required
indicators will light when hydraulic filter element is
restricted.
NOTE: Cold oil may cause hydraulic oil filter indicator to

stay lit until oil is warm.
CED,OUO1079,147 –19–10APR00–1/1
Transmission Oil Filter Restriction Indicator
–UN–12FEB98
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible transmission damage.
Change transmission oil filter as soon
as possible when a problem occurs.
T112067
Transmission oil filter restriction and service required
indicators will light when transmission filter element is
restricted.
NOTE: Cold oil may cause transmission oil filter indicator

to stay lit until oil is warm.
CED,OUO1079,148 –19–10APR00–1/1
Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator
sound when transmission oil temperature is too high. Stop
machine and take corrective action.
–UN–30MAY97
T109693
CED,OUO1079,219 –19–24APR00–1/1
10-4 121500
PN=43
Engine Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator
–UN–12FEB98
Engine air cleaner restriction and service required
indicators will light when air filter elements are restricted.
Clean or change filter elements.
T112065
CED,OUO1079,146 –19–10APR00–1/1
Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator
–UN–12FEB98
Engine alternator voltage and service required indicators
will light when alternator output is low. Check electrical
system or recharge battery, if necessary.
T112064
CED,OUO1079,145 –19–10APR00–1/1
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator

–UN–12FEB98
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If

engine oil pressure indicator comes on
while operating, stop machine. STOP
ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.
T112063
sound when engine oil pressure is low. Stop machine.
STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.
IMPORTANT: Cold oil or operation in extremely steep

conditions may cause indicator to light.
CED,OUO1079,114 –19–05APR00–1/1
10-5 121500
PN=44
Stop Indicator and Alarm
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury, or machine

damage. If STOP indicator light flashes and
alarm sounds, stop immediately and investigate
cause of problem.
–UN–06JAN92
The STOP indicator flashes and alarm sounds when:
• Engine oil pressure is low. STOP ENGINE
T7673AM
IMMEDIATELY.
• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high. Stop
machine and allow engine to cool. Shut off engine and
take corrective action.
• Transmission oil temperature is too high. Stop machine
and take corrective action.
• Hydraulic oil temperature is too high. Stop machine and
take corrective action.
• Steering system pressure is low, and secondary
steering is activated. Stop machine and take corrective
action.
If indicators do not function correctly, see Troubleshooting

chapter.
CED,OUO1079,150 –19–10APR00–1/1
10-6 121500
PN=45
Service Required Indicator
If service required indicator on monitor panel lights, a

problem is developing. It is not necessary to stop the
engine immediately, but the cause should be investigated
as soon as possible.
–UN–18OCT88
The service required indicator lights when:
• Engine alternator voltage is low.
T6201BL
• Engine air filter is restricted.
• Transmission oil filter is restricted.
• Hydraulic oil filter is restricted.
NOTE: Cold oil may cause transmission filter restriction

indicator and hydraulic filter restriction indicator to
light.
CED,OUO1079,42 –19–29MAR00–1/1
T112068 –UN–12FEB98
Differential Lock Indicator
Indicator will light when differential lock button is engaged.
CED,OUO1079,149 –19–10APR00–1/1
10-7 121500
PN=46
Check Service Code Indicator
Check service code indicator will light and flash when a

problem is detected in the transmission controller
electrical systems.
–UN–12FEB98
Indicator will stay lit when communication between
controller and monitor is removed, or when a service code
is displayed at monitor window.
T110389
Indicator will light during transmission calibration
procedure.
Indicator will go out when machine is shut off.
CED,OUO1079,144 –19–10APR00–1/1
Secondary Steering Indicator
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to secondary

steering system, if equipped. Stop
machine immediately if secondary
steering indicator and alarm come on
–UN–30MAY97
while operating. THE SECONDARY
STEERING SYSTEM IS NOT INTENDED
FOR CONTINUOUS USE.
T109706
If equipped with secondary steering, secondary steering
indicator will light, STOP indicator will flash, and alarm will
sound when secondary steering system is activated. Stop
machine immediately and take corrective action. The
secondary steering system is not intended for continuous
use.
CED,OUO1079,113 –19–05APR00–1/1
Fasten Seat Belt Indicator
Fasten seat belt indicator will light and stay on for five
seconds after display monitor comes on, reminding the
operator to fasten seat belt.
–UN–03JAN95
T8381AI
TX,10,DX632 –19–07JAN97–1/1
10-8 121500
PN=47
Park Brake Indicator
–UN–12FEB98
Indicator will light when park brake is engaged.
T112069
CED,OUO1079,220 –19–24APR00–1/1
Steering Wheel Spinner Knob
With the machine frames straight and the key switch OFF,
rotate the steering wheel (B) and position the spinner
knob (A) to suit operator’s preference.
–UN–18APR00
A—Spinner Knob
B—Steering Wheel
T130322B
CED,OUO1079,207 –19–17APR00–1/1
Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescope Lever
Push tilt and telescope lever (A) down to adjust steering

wheel telescope position. Release tilt and telescope lever
to lock steering wheel in desired telescope position.
Pull tilt and telescope lever up to adjust steering wheel tilt

position. Release tilt and telescope lever to lock steering
wheel in desired tilt position.
–UN–20OCT00
A—Tilt and Telescope Lever
T130341D
TX03679,0001772 –19–20OCT00–1/1
10-9 121500
PN=48
Pedals
A—Inching Pedal
B—Service Brake Pedal
C—Accelerator Pedal
–UN–03APR00
T129671B
CED,OUO1079,102 –19–03APR00–1/1
Levers
–UN–03MAY00
T130615
Single Function
–UN–06OCT00
–UN–03OCT00
T134388B
Dual Function
T134213B
Single Lever Pilot Controller—If Equipped
A—Transmission Control and C—Arch and Boom Control E—Grapple Control Lever G—Pilot Control Lever
Park Brake Lever Lever (Dual Function) (Dual Function)
B—Blade Control Lever D—Winch Control Lever F—Arch and Grapple Control
Lever (Single Function)
CED,OUO1079,107 –19–03OCT00–1/1
10-10 121500
PN=49
Differential Lock Button
Use differential lock button (A) only when additional

traction is needed.
–UN–06OCT00
A—Differential Lock Button
T134388C
Dual Function Shown
CED,OUO1079,44 –19–06OCT00–1/1
Adjusting Seat
Seat height adjusts automatically to weight of operator.
1. Pull forward and aft lever (A) up to move seat forward

or to the rear. Release forward and aft lever to lock
seat in desired position.
2. Pull swivel lever to swivel seat. Release swivel lever to

lock seat in any of three positions:
• 15° right of center

• 22.5° right of center
–UN–27APR00
3. Turn knob (B) clockwise for firm ride or
counterclockwise for soft ride.
4. While sitting in seat, lift backrest tilt adjustment lever T130577

(C) and allow cushion to angle forward or lean
backward. Release handle to lock backrest in desired
position.
A—Forward and Aft Lever

B—Knob
C—Tilt Adjustment Lever
–UN–27APR00
T129672D
CED,OUO1079,151 –19–10APR00–1/1
10-11 121500
PN=50
Adjusting Air Ride Suspension Seat—If

Equipped
Seat height adjusts automatically to weight of operator.
1. Pull forward and aft lever (A) up to move seat forward
–UN–03APR00
or to the rear. Release forward and aft lever to lock
seat in desired position.
T129567B
2. Pull swivel lever (B) to swivel seat. Release swivel
lever to lock seat in any of three positions:

• 22.5° right of center
3. Push ride adjustment knob (C) to inflate seat. Pull ride

adjustment knob out to deflate seat. Release knob to
–UN–03APR00
lock seat in desired position.
4. While sitting in seat, lift backrest tilt adjustment lever

(D) and allow cushion to angle forward or lean
T129672B
backward. Release handle to lock backrest in desired
position.
A—Forward and Aft Lever

B—Swivel Lever
C—Ride Adjustment Knob
D—Backrest Tilt Adjustment Lever
CED,OUO1079,41 –19–05OCT00–1/1
10-12 121500
PN=51
Seat Belt
–UN–01MAR00
T128685
Seat belt and mounting hardware must be inspected Replace the complete seat belt assembly every three
for wear or damage before operating the machine. years regardless of appearance. A date label, to
Replace the belt or mounting hardware if worn or determine the age of the belt, is attached to each belt.
damaged.
CED,OUO1079,45 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Work Light Switch and Deluxe Work Light

Switch—If Equipped
The work light switch (A), if equipped, has two positions:
• Left position is OFF.
–UN–31MAR00
• Right position activates front and rear work lights.
The deluxe work light switch (B), if equipped, has three
T129542B
positions:
• Left position activates front deluxe work lights only.

• Middle position is OFF.
A—Work Light Switch
• Right position activates front and rear deluxe work B—Deluxe Work Light Switch
lights.
CED,OUO1079,46 –19–26SEP00–1/1
10-13 121500
PN=52
Removing Operator’s Station Door Window

Screens
Operator’s station door window screens can be hinged out

or removed to clean windows. Always install screens after
cleaning. The screens are part of the OPS personal
–UN–03APR00
protection package for the operator.
1. Remove cap screws (A).
T129553B
2. Push screen (B) out and slide screen off hinge.
A—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Window Screen
CED,OUO1079,47 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Opening Secondary Exit
IMPORTANT: Unlock both doors with key before

starting machine to allow emergency
access from the outside.
On machines with cabs or OPS (Operator Protective

Structure), either door can be used as a secondary exit.
Doors will open from the inside even if locked on the
outside.
TX,10,JC323 –19–07FEB95–1/1
Operator’s Manual Holder
Operator’s manual holder (A) is located on inside of left

door.
–UN–04APR00
A—Operator’s Manual Holder

T129674B
CED,OUO1079,48 –19–29MAR00–1/1
10-14 121500
PN=53
Defrosting, Heating, and Air Conditioning

Controls—If Equipped
NOTE: Blower knob must be in an ON position, defroster,

heater, and air conditioner switch must be set,
–UN–31MAR00
and temperature control knob must be adjusted
for defroster, heater, or air conditioner to work
effectively.
T129541B
Push the defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (C)
to the appropriate setting. The defroster, heater, and air
conditioner switch has three positions:
A—Blower Knob
• Left position activates the defroster when the B—Temperature Control Knob
temperature control knob is turned clockwise to HOT. C—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch
• Middle position will cause hot or cold air to flow
depending on position of temperature control knob.
• Right position activates the air conditioner when the
temperature control knob is turned counterclockwise to
COLD.
Turn temperature control knob (B) to adjust air

temperature. Turn clockwise towards HOT (red) for
warmer air or counterclockwise towards COLD (blue) for
cooler air.
Turn blower knob (A) clockwise to increase blower speed

or counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
knob has four speed settings plus an OFF position.
CED,OUO1079,49 –19–05OCT00–1/1
Front Windshield Wiper and Washer
Turn front windshield wiper and washer knob (A)

clockwise to activate front windshield wiper. Knob has two
speeds plus an OFF position.
–UN–24APR00
Push knob to activate front windshield washer.
A—Front Windshield Wiper and Washer Knob

T129543D
CED,OUO1079,50 –19–29MAR00–1/1
10-15 121500
PN=54
Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer—If

Equipped
Turn rear windshield wiper and washer knob (B) clockwise

to activate rear windshield wiper. Knob has two speeds
plus an OFF position.
–UN–24APR00
Push knob to activate rear windshield washer.
T129543E
B—Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer Knob
CED,OUO1079,50 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Windshield Washer Fluid Tank
Refill windshield washer fluid tank (A) when necessary.
Read gauge (B) on tank cap to determine fluid level.
–UN–02MAY00
A—Windshield Washer Fluid Tank
B—Gauge
T129544D
–UN–08MAY00
T130722B
CED,OUO1079,225 –19–02MAY00–1/1
10-16 121500
PN=55
Battery Disconnect
Move battery disconnect switch (A) to OFF position when

servicing or storing machine.
–UN–07APR00
A—Battery Disconnect Switch
T129968B
CED,OUO1079,51 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Fire Extinguisher
IMPORTANT: Read operating instructions on canister.

All extinguishers do not operate the
same.
–UN–31MAR00
Check gauge. If fire extinguisher (A) is not fully charged,
charge or replace it.
NOTE: The fire extinguisher must be charged or replaced
T129544B
after any use.
5-Pound Fire Extinguisher Shown
A—Fire Extinguisher
CED,OUO1079,52 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Dome Light—If Equipped
Slide switch (A) to activate dome light (B).
A—Switch
–UN–27APR00
B—Dome Light
T130661B
CED,OUO1079,224 –19–26SEP00–1/1
10-17 121500
PN=56
Pressurized Water System—If Equipped
1. Lift hose cover latch (A).
2. Remove hose cover (B).
–UN–04APR00
3. Turn shut-off valve lever (C) to turn water on.
4. Squeeze nozzle lever (D) to spray water.
T129677B
A—Hose Cover Latch
B—Hose Cover
C—Shut-Off Valve Lever
D—Nozzle Lever
–UN–31MAR00
T129545B
CED,OUO1079,53 –19–29MAR00–1/1
10-18 121500
PN=57
Cold Weather Transmission Disconnect

Handle—If Equipped
Use cold weather transmission disconnect handle (A) to

disconnect transmission from engine when starting the
engine in cold weather.
–UN–04APR00
IMPORTANT: The cold weather disconnect is not
designed to be engaged or disengaged
T129874B
when engine is running. Stop the
engine before moving the disconnect
handle. The disconnect will be severely
damaged if engaged with the engine
A—Cold Weather Transmission Disconnect
running. Handle
1. Pull lever to disengage transmission from engine.
2. Start engine. Run until engine is warmed up.
3. Stop engine.
4. Push lever to connect transmission to engine.
Be sure transmission is fully connected to engine by

checking for approximately 30 mm (1.250 in.) free
movement of lever. If free movement is greater than
specification the transmission is not connected. “Bump”
key switch to start position (do not start engine) to turn
engine crankshaft.
Repeat step 4.
5. After transmission is fully connected, start engine.
CED,OUO1079,104 –19–03APR00–1/1
10-19 121500
PN=58
Pre-Start Inspection
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting
Do periodic service checks in Maintenance—10 Hours or

Daily chapter.
Clean grille (A).
Clean engine side shields (B).
Check front and rear tires (C).
Clean operator’s station (D).
Check front and rear wheels (E) for loose or missing

hardware.
Check condition of winch cable (F).
Check fuel filters (G) in engine compartment.
–UN–01AUG96
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wires
and loose connections.
BLADE, FAIRLEAD, OR GRAPPLE SHEET METAL:
T102035
Check for bent, broken, or missing parts.
HARDWARE: Check for loose or missing parts.

A—Grille
PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation. B—Engine Side Shields
C—Tires
D—Operator’s Station
FUEL SYSTEM: Drain water from fuel filters and fuel tank
E—Wheels
sump. F—Winch Cable
G—Fuel Filters
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or loose
clamps, kinked hoses, or hoses that rub against each
other or other parts.
LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points, and service as

required.
PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check guards, canopy, shields,

ROPS, seat belt, reverse warning alarm and fire
extinguisher.
SAFETY: Walk around machine to clear all persons from

machine area before starting machine.
CED,OUO1079,116 –19–05APR00–1/1
20-1 121500
PN=59
Operating the Engine
Using Booster Batteries
Remove battery cover (C).
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut

down and secured to prevent unexpected machine
movement when engine starts.
–UN–03OCT00
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
exploding batteries. An explosive gas is
produced while batteries are in use or being
charged. Keep flames or sparks away from the
T110719C
battery area. Charge batteries in a
well-ventilated area.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp

first and replace it last.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a

12-volt negative (—) ground. Connect
two 12-volt booster batteries together in
parallel as shown for 12-volts.
1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the positive

terminal of the machine batteries (A) and the other end
to the positive terminal of the booster batteries (B).
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the negative

terminal of the booster batteries. Connect other end of
the negative cable to the machine frame as far away
from the machine batteries as possible.
3. Start engine. (See procedure in this chapter.)
4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of

the negative cable from the machine frame. Then
–UN–24OCT91
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from the
negative terminal of the booster batteries.
5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries and T6713AI1

machine batteries.
A—Machine Batteries
B—Booster Batteries
C—Battery Cover
CED,OUO1079,152 –19–03OCT00–1/1
25-1 121500
PN=60
Check Instruments Before Starting
1. Move transmission control and park brake lever (A) to

PARK position "P". Lever sleeve (B) must drop into slot
of console.
–UN–06OCT00
2. Turn key switch clockwise to ON position.
• All indicators must light.

• If any indicator fails to light, the bulb may be burned
T134388D
out. If bulb is not burned out, but indicator still fails to
light, see your authorized dealer.
3. Turn key switch to OFF position. All indicators must go

out.
A—Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever

B—Lever Sleeve
–19–28JAN98
T112933
CED,OUO1079,54 –19–06OCT00–1/1
25-2 121500
PN=61
Starting the Engine
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death from a

runaway machine.
DO NOT start engine by shorting across starter
–UN–11JAN89
terminals. Machine will start in gear if normal
starting circuitry is bypassed.
This machine is equipped with a device that
TS177
prevents engagement of hydraulic clutches if
the engine is started "in gear". The machine will
not travel in gear until transmission control and
park brake lever is moved from PARK position
to a gear position.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.

Start engine only from operator’s seat with
transmission control and park brake lever in
–UN–23AUG88
PARK position.
Use a seat belt when you operate with a

roll-over protective structure (ROPS) to
TS175
minimize chance of injury from an accident
such as an overturn.
1. Fasten seat belt.
2. Sound horn to alert bystanders.
CED,OUO1079,88 –19–06OCT00–1/4
NOTE: If machine starts while the transmission control

and park brake lever is in any position other than
PARK “P”, contact your authorized dealer.
3. Machine will start only when the transmission control

and park brake lever (A) is in the PARK position "P".
–UN–06OCT00
Lever sleeve (B) must be in slot of console.

T134388D
B—Lever Sleeve
25-3 121500
PN=62
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to the flywheel and

starter after a false start. Wait for
engine to come to a complete stop
before trying to start it again.
Never operate starter motor more than
–UN–30MAR00
20 seconds at a time. If engine fails to
start after two or three times, turn key
switch to OFF. Wait for two minutes,
then try again.
T129538C
Engine will not start by towing or
pushing. Permanent damage to
A—Key Switch START Position
transmission will result.
4. Turn key switch to START position (A). DO NOT crank

engine more than 20 seconds. Wait two minutes before
trying again. Release key when engine starts.
5. Operate machine at less than normal loads and

speeds until engine is at normal operating temperature.
25-4 121500
PN=63
6. If equipped with engine speed control knob, move knob

to 1/3 speed position. Two methods of operation are
possible:
Method 1:
–UN–04APR00
• Loosen engine speed control knob (A) by turning
counterclockwise.
• Change engine speed by turning engine speed
adjustment knob (B) left or right. Turning right, turtle
T129555B
position, will slow engine speed. Turning left, rabbit
position, will increase engine speed.
• Tighten engine speed control knob to hold engine Method 1
speed constant.
Method 2:
• Loosen engine speed control knob (A) by turning

counterclockwise.
–UN–04APR00
• Push down on engine speed adjustment button (C).
• Firmly hold engine speed adjustment knob and slide
it up or down to desired engine speed.
• Release engine speed adjustment knob and engine
T129556B
speed adjustment button.
• Tighten engine speed control knob to hold engine
speed constant. Method 2
A—Engine Speed Control Knob

B—Engine Speed Adjustment Knob
C—Engine Speed Adjustment Button
CED,OUO1079,88 –19–06OCT00–4/4
25-5 121500
PN=64
Starting Fluid—If Equipped (Cold Weather

Starting Aid)

exploding container. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Keep container away from heat,
–UN–23AUG88
sparks, and open flame. Contents are
pressurized. DO NOT puncture or incinerate
container. Remove container from machine if
engine does not need starting fluid.
TS281
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use starting
aid when temperatures are below 4°C
(40°F) and only when engine is COLD.
USING STARTING AID
1. Turn key switch clockwise to START position.
–19–28JAN98
T112933
TX03679,0001714 –19–31AUG00–1/3
IMPORTANT: Excess starting fluid could damage

engine; press upper half of starting aid
switch only when engine is cold and
cranking. Starting aid fluid is being
injected into engine as long as switch is
pressed.
–UN–03APR00
2. After one or two revolutions of engine crankshaft, press
upper half of starting aid switch (A) and hold until
engine starts. Crank engine for 20 seconds maximum,
T129554B
then allow two minutes between cranking periods.
A—Starting Aid Switch
Continued on next page TX03679,0001714 –19–31AUG00–2/3
25-6 121500
PN=65
REPLACING STARTING AID CAN
1. Loosen clamp (A).
2. Turn starting aid can (B) counterclockwise to remove.
–UN–27APR00
3. Turn starting aid can clockwise in base (C) to install
starting aid can. Tighten clamp.
OPERATING MACHINE WITHOUT STARTING AID CAN
T130002C
INSTALLED
640D Grapple Skidder Shown
IMPORTANT: Protect starting aid components from
possible damage. Install starting aid A—Clamp
plug. B—Starting Aid Can
C—Base
Remove starting aid can from base and install starting aid
plug.
TX03679,0001714 –19–31AUG00–3/3
Cold Weather Warm-Up
NOTE: On units equipped with single lever pilot 1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for five minutes.
controller, if hydraulic oil is cold, functions
move slowly. Do not attetmpt normal machine 2. Cycle all hydraulic functions to distribute warmed oil
operations until hydraulic functions move at until all functions operate freely.
close-to-normal cycle times.
3. Place the winch control lever in FREE SPOOL
In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming up position during warm-up period to warm winch
period will be necessary for hydraulic functions such clutch until the winch free spools freely.
as the winch to operate properly. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter.)
Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until

engine is thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow,
and mud from machine before operation.
TX,25,RR,1915 –19–30OCT00–1/1
25-7 121500
PN=66
Engine Warm-Up
1. Start engine. Run at 1/3 speed for five minutes. Do not

run at fast or slow idle. Do not accelerate rapidly
during warm-up.
2. Operate machine at less-than-normal loads and

speeds until engine is at normal operating temperature.
TX,25,RR,1101 –19–27MAR92–1/1
Check Instruments After Starting
IMPORTANT: If STOP indicator (A) does not go out

within 10 seconds after starting engine,
STOP THE ENGINE. Find and correct
the cause.
–UN–30MAR00
Cold oil may cause hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator
or transmission oil filter restriction indicator to light
temporarily.
T129538D
Differential lock and park brake indicators will light if those
functions are engaged.
A—STOP Indicator
CED,OUO1079,57 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Stopping the Engine
IMPORTANT: If engine stops when operating under

load, remove load. Restart engine
immediately. Run 30 seconds at 1/2
speed before adding load.
1. Park machine on a level surface.
2. Lower equipment to ground.
25-8 121500
PN=67

unexpected machine movement. Always move
transmission control and park brake lever to
PARK position "P", and shut engine OFF before
leaving the operator’s seat.
–UN–06OCT00
of console.
T134388D
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if
engine is not properly shut down.
4. Run engine at 1/2 speed for two minutes before B—Lever Sleeve
stopping to avoid damage to turbocharger. Release
accelerator pedal to slow idle.
5. Turn key switch to OFF.
CED,OUO1079,58 –19–06OCT00–2/3
6. Turn battery disconnect switch (A) OFF.
–UN–07APR00
T129968B
CED,OUO1079,58 –19–06OCT00–3/3
25-9 121500
PN=68
Driving the Machine
Driving on Public Roads
Before driving on public roads, check state and local laws

that may apply to tractors, self-propelled machines, and
towed equipment. Additional lights, mirrors, SMV
emblems, or reflectors may be required.
CAUTION: Use a seat belt when you operate

with a ROPS, to minimize chance of injury from
an accident such as an overturn.
2. Retract boom cylinder 3/4 of the way.
3. Raise blade.
TX,30,RR4550 –19–29AUG94–1/1
General Driving Precautions

unexpected machine movement. Never allow
riders other than the operator to get on the
machine.
In general, observe all safe driving rules such as:
• Slowing down for curves

• Avoiding rapid steering or braking
• Watching out for bystanders
• Watching out for other operators
• Looking behind before backing up
TX,30,DH2092 –19–27MAR92–1/1
Operating in Steep Conditions
IMPORTANT: When operating machine in extremely

steep conditions, it may be necessary
to add additional oil to the front axle.
(See Change Front Differential Oil in
Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours
chapter for procedure.)
CED,OUO1032,1407 –19–28APR99–1/1
30-1 121500
PN=69
Driving the Machine
Accelerator Pedal and Engine Speed Control

Knob—If Equipped
Normal operating range is 1/2 to full speed.
Push accelerator pedal (D) to increase speed. Accelerator
–UN–04APR00
pedal will override engine speed control knob (A) setting.
Release accelerator pedal to decrease speed. Accelerator
T129555B
pedal will return to engine speed control knob setting.
If equipped with engine speed control knob, move engine

speed control knob to adjust engine operating range.
1. Loosen engine speed control knob (A) by turning

counterclockwise.
2. Change engine speed by turning engine speed
–UN–04APR00
adjustment knob (B) left or right. Turning right, turtle
position, will reduce engine speed. Turning left, rabbit
position, will increase engine speed.
T129556B
3. Tighten engine speed control knob to hold engine
speed constant.
4. Engine speed can also be adjusted by loosening

engine speed control knob, depressing engine speed
adjustment button (C), and pulling or pushing engine
speed adjustment knob.
A—Engine Speed Control Knob
–UN–03APR00
B—Engine Speed Adjustment Knob
C—Engine Speed Adjustment Button
D—Accelerator Pedal
T129671C
CED,OUO1079,59 –19–29MAR00–1/1
30-2 121500
PN=70
Driving the Machine
Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever
Move transmission control and park brake lever (A) to

desired gear position. It is not necessary to use the
inching pedal while shifting transmission in forward gears
or reverse gears. Transmission can be shifted on-the-go.
–UN–06OCT00
Shift one gear at a time.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT shift transmission into

NEUTRAL or depress inching pedal to
T134388E
coast.
DO NOT overload the machine. Shift to

a lower gear when operating under A—Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever
heavy loads.
CED,OUO1079,60 –19–06OCT00–1/1
Inching Pedal
1. Depress inching pedal (A) to disengage transmission.
2. Release inching pedal to engage transmission.
–UN–03APR00
IMPORTANT: DO NOT rest foot on inching pedal.
Pressure on inching pedal may cause
damage to transmission.
T129671D
A—Inching Pedal
CED,OUO1079,61 –19–29MAR00–1/1
30-3 121500
PN=71
Driving the Machine
Service Brake

unexpected machine movement. Failure to
depress inching pedal before service brake
–UN–03APR00
pedal may cause engine to stop.
Depress inching pedal (A) before depressing service

brake pedal (B).
T129671E
If hydraulic system pressure is lost with engine running,
an accumulator allows service brake pedal to be
depressed 5—10 times before service brakes stop A—Inching Pedal
functioning and park brake engages. B—Service Brake Pedal
CED,OUO1079,62 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Ground Speeds
Ground Speeds
Gear Tire Size
23.1-26 28L-26 24.5-32 30.5-32
1 Forward 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph) 2.7 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph)
1 Reverse 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph) 2.7 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph)
CED,OUO1079,118 –19–05APR00–1/1
30-4 121500
PN=72
Driving the Machine
Transporting Grapple—If Equipped
Use grapple transport position for road travel or when

grapple is not used.
1. Extend arch cylinder 3/4 of the way.
2. Close grapple tongs.
–UN–20OCT00
3. Rotate head at right angle to machine.
T133869B
TX,30,JC1333 –19–19SEP00–1/1
Park Brake

unexpected machine movement. Always engage
park brake before leaving operator’s seat, or
–UN–06OCT00
when the machine is stationary. DO NOT
operate this machine if the park brake is not
working properly.
T134388D
Move transmission control and park brake lever (A) to
PARK position “P” to engage park brake. Lever sleeve (B)
must drop into slot of console.
The park brake indicator (C) will light when the park brake
is engaged and the key switch is in the ON position.

B—Lever Sleeve
–UN–30MAR00
C—Park Brake Indicator
T129538E
30-5 121500
PN=73
Driving the Machine
Lift the transmission control and park brake lever sleeve

and move the lever to the NEUTRAL position to release
the park brake.
NOTE: The spring-applied, hydraulically-released park

brake will automatically engage whenever the key
–UN–06OCT00
switch is turned to OFF, or when brake system
pressure drops below 2068 kPa (20.68 bar) (300
psi). If applying the service brakes causes the
park brake to engage, the hydraulic accumulator
T134388F
may need service. (See Check Brake Accumulator
Action in Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
chapter), or contact your authorized dealer.
CED,OUO1079,64 –19–06OCT00–2/2
Parking the Machine

PARK position “P”. Lever sleeve (B) must drop into slot
of console.
–UN–06OCT00
2. Lower blade and grapple, if equipped, to the ground.
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if

engine is not properly shut down.
T134388D
3. Run engine at 1/2 speed without load for two minutes
to allow turbocharger to cool down. Release
accelerator pedal to slow idle. A—Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever
B—Lever Sleeve
5. Turn battery disconnect switch to OFF.
CED,OUO1079,65 –19–06OCT00–1/1
30-6 121500
PN=74
Driving the Machine
Lock All Compartments
The engine service doors, cab doors, transmission oil

level check access panel, and fuel cap can be locked with
padlocks. Cab door can be locked with the ignition key.
Use these locks to safeguard your machine.
TX,30,RR,1105 –19–27MAR92–1/1
30-7 121500
PN=75
Operating the Machine
Differential Lock Button
Push differential lock button (A) to lock differentials.
When differentials are locked, differential lock indicator (B)

is lit and more effort is needed to turn steering wheel. Use
–UN–09OCT00
differential lock only when additional traction is needed.
Differential lock may be applied "on-the-go".
T134388K
Push differential lock button again to unlock differentials.
A—Differential Lock Button

B—Differential Lock Indicator
–UN–20APR00
T129538H
CED,OUO1079,66 –19–09OCT00–1/1
35-1 121500
PN=76
Blade Control Lever
–UN–03MAY00
–UN–19APR00
T130333
T130616
T130333
Single Function
–UN–06OCT00
–UN–05OCT00
T134388G
T134213C
Dual Function Single Lever Pilot Controller
A—Blade Control Lever
Pull blade control lever (A) back to raise blade. Push Release blade control lever to return lever to
blade control lever forward to lower blade. NEUTRAL detent.
CED,OUO1079,67 –19–05OCT00–1/1
35-2 121500
PN=77
Winch Control Lever—If Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

machine movement when winching. Use the
park brake, service brake, and differential lock
–UN–06OCT00
to hold the machine.
Operate the winch only from operator’s station:
T134388H
Winch POWER IN at an angle with park brake applied
may cause machine to move. Apply service brake and
differential lock to hold machine.
• Move winch control lever (A) to POWER IN position to

wind cable on drum.
• Move winch control lever to FREE SPOOL position so
cable can be pulled out freely.
• Move winch control lever to the PARK position to hold
cable.
• Move winch control lever to the BRAKE OFF position so
cable can be pulled out with tension. This will prevent
cable from tangling when dropping loads.
NOTE: If hydraulic oil is cold, the winch may not free

spool easily. In extremely cold conditions, an
extended warming up period may be necessary
for the winch to operate properly.
• Move the winch control lever to FREE SPOOL position

during warm-up period to warm winch clutch until the
winch free spools freely.
• In extremely cold conditions, move the winch control
lever to FREE SPOOL position whenever winch is not
–19–25SEP90
in use while machine is running. This will keep warm oil
circulating to the winch from the transmission.
T7352AK
A—Winch Control Lever
CED,OUO1079,68 –19–06OCT00–1/1
35-3 121500
PN=78
Fastening Cable to Winch Drum—4000 Series
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from cable

wire. Wear gloves when handling cable to
protect hands from cable wire cuts. DO NOT
guide cable on winch with your hands.
Attach cable to winch drum using one of the following

methods:
TX,35,RR,1916 –19–27OCT93–1/4
Method 1
IMPORTANT: If a ferruled cable is used, the drum

plug (B) must be installed to prevent
cable from bending cable slot.
–UN–03OCT90
1. Attach a ferrule or cable clamp (A) to end of cable.
2. Wrap cable around the drum. Slide the ferrule or cable

clamp under the cable and into slot in drum, and
T7382AH
secure with tab (C).
3. Adjust free spool drag to operator’s preference. (See

Winch Free Spool Drag Adjustment in this chapter.)
NOTE: Factory free spool drag setting was done without

cable; adjust free spool drag to operator’s
preference when cable is added.
NOTE: Ten inch drum only has pocket method of locating

ferrule cable to drum.
A—Cable Clamp
B—Drum Plug
C—Tab
–UN–27SEP90
T7347AS
Continued on next page TX,35,RR,1916 –19–27OCT93–2/4
35-4 121500
PN=79
Method 2
IMPORTANT: If you unwind cable below one turn on

drum, cable will come off drum.
1. Remove drum plug (B).

2. Thread cable up through small hole and insert cable

back down through lower hole. Pull loop into drum.


–UN–27SEP90
B—Drum Plug
T7347AS
–UN–03OCT90
T7382AI
Continued on next page TX,35,RR,1916 –19–27OCT93–3/4
35-5 121500
PN=80
Method 3
1. Remove drum plug.

–UN–03OCT90
T7382AK
2. Thread cable up through small hole and wrap cable
around wedge (A). Insert cable back down through
lower hole and pull wedge into drum slot (B).


–UN–03OCT90
A—Wedge
B—Drum Slot
T7382AJ
TX,35,RR,1916 –19–27OCT93–4/4
35-6 121500
PN=81
Fastening Cable to Winch Drum—6000 Series
CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury

from cutting wire. Wear gloves when handling
cable to protect hands from cable wire cuts. DO
NOT guide cable on winch with your hands.
–UN–10JAN95
1. Insert cable end through small hole (C) of nibble (A).
T8390AO
2. Separate cable end so wedges (B) are positioned tight
against cable wires (D). Pull cable tight against nibble.
A—Nibble
B—Wedge (2 used)
C—Small Hole in Nibble
D—Cable Wires
–UN–10JAN95
T8390AM
TX,35,JC1334 –19–19JUL96–1/2
3. Lay cable in winch drum slot and install tab (A) tight
against drum.
A—Tab
–UN–10JAN95
T8390AN
TX,35,JC1334 –19–19JUL96–2/2
35-7 121500
PN=82
Winch Free Spool Drag Adjustment
NOTE: The winch drum drag can be adjusted to

operator’s preference.
1. Start engine.
–UN–27MAR00
3. Engage park brake.
T129367C
4. Block wheels.
4000 Winch
5. Move winch control handle to FREE SPOOL position.
6. Loosen nut (A).
7. Adjust slotted shaft (B) to desired winch drum drag.
8. Tighten nut.
–UN–10JAN95
A—Nut
B—Slotted Shaft
T8390AP
6000 Winch
CED,OUO1032,3162 –19–18APR00–1/1
35-8 121500
PN=83
Grapple and Arch Control Lever (Single Function)—If Equipped
–UN–18APR00
T130185
T130185
Sitting in operator’s seat:
1. Push arch and grapple control lever (A) forward to

raise arch.
2. Pull arch and grapple control lever rearward to lower
–UN–03MAY00
arch.
3. Push arch and grapple control lever right to open

grapple.
T130617
4. Pull arch and grapple control lever left to close grapple.
A—Arch and Grapple Control Lever
When skidding logs, pull arch and grapple control lever B—Grapple Rotate Switch
left to GRAPPLE CLOSE detent. This keeps a
clamping force on the load at all times.
5. Push upper half of grapple rotate switch (B) to rotate

grapple clockwise.
6. Push lower half of grapple rotate switch to rotate

grapple counterclockwise.
CED,OUO1079,160 –19–11APR00–1/1
35-9 121500
PN=84
Arch and Boom Control Lever and Grapple Control Lever (Dual Function)—If Equipped
–UN–18APR00
T130186
T130186
1. Push arch and boom control lever (A) forward to retract

arch.
2. Pull arch and boom control lever rearward to extend
–UN–06OCT00
arch.
3. Push arch and boom control lever right to lower boom.
T134388I
4. Pull arch and boom control lever left to raise boom.
5. Push grapple control lever (B) right to open grapple.

A—Arch and Boom Control Lever
B—Grapple Control Lever
6. Pull grapple control lever left to close grapple. C—Grapple Rotate Switch
When skidding logs, pull grapple control lever left to

GRAPPLE CLOSE detent. This keeps a clamping force
on the load at all times.
7. Push left half of grapple rotate switch (C) to rotate

grapple counterclockwise.
8. Push right half of grapple rotate switch to rotate

grapple clockwise.
CED,OUO1079,69 –19–02OCT00–1/1
35-10 121500
PN=85
Single Lever Pilot Controller (Single

Function)—If Equipped
1. Push control lever (G) forward to raise arch.
2. Pull control lever (G) rearward to lower arch.
3. Push control lever button (A) to open grapple.
4. Push control lever button (D) to close grapple.
5. Push grapple latch button (E) while holding grapple
–UN–27SEP00
close button (D) to maintain a clamping force on the
load. Indicator light (F) will light. To release, open
tongs by pressing control lever button (A).
T133862
6. Push control lever button (C) to rotate grapple
clockwise.
7. Push control lever button (B) to rotate grapple

counterclockwise.
A—Grapple Open Button

B—Grapple Rotate Button (Counterclockwise)
C—Grapple Rotate Button (Clockwise)
D—Grapple Close Button
E—Grapple Latch Button
F—Indicator Light
–UN–02OCT00
G—Grapple Control Lever
T134162B
TX03679,000175A –19–02OCT00–1/1
35-11 121500
PN=86
Single Lever Pilot Controller (Dual

Function)—If Equipped
1. Push control lever (G) forward to raise arch.
2. Pull control lever (G) rearward to lower arch.
3. Push control lever (G) right to lower boom.
4. Push control lever (G) left to raise boom.
5. Push control lever button (A) to open grapple.
–UN–27SEP00
6. Push control lever button (D) to close grapple.
7. Push grapple latch button (E) while holding grapple
T134081
close button (D) to maintain a clamping force on the
load. Indicator light (F) will light. To release, open
tongs by pressing control lever button (A).
8. Push control lever button (C) to rotate grapple

clockwise.
9. Push control lever button (B) to rotate grapple

counterclockwise.
–UN–02OCT00
B—Grapple Rotate Button (Counterclockwise)
C—Grapple Rotate Button (Clockwise)
D—Grapple Close Button
E—Grapple Latch Button
F—Indicator Light
T134161B
G—Grapple Control Lever
TX03679,000175B –19–02OCT00–1/1
35-12 121500
PN=87
Arch Down Function With Engine Off
Without engine power, arch can be lowered to ground by

pulling control lever (A) rearward.
On dual function machines, without engine power, boom

can be lowered to the ground by pushing control lever (A)
to the right.
–UN–02OCT00
A—Grapple Control Lever
T134161C
TX03679,000175C –19–02OCT00–1/1
Grapple Release With Engine Off
Grapple can be released without engine power by turning

key switch to “ON” and pressing and holding control lever
button (A).
–UN–02OCT00
T134162C
TX03679,000175D –19–02OCT00–1/1
Grapple Head
Grapple head will rotate continuously in either direction.
Avoid hitting fenders with open tongs.

–UN–22JUL96
T102158
TX,35,JC1353 –19–11MAY00–1/1
35-13 121500
PN=88
Grapple Damper
The damper limits the fore and aft swinging of the grapple
head.
See Maintenance chapter if adjustment is required.
–UN–02FEB95
T8409AN
TX,35,RB277 –19–23JAN98–1/1
Grapple Shock
The grapple shock (A) limits the side to side swinging of

the grapple head.
Replace shock if grapple swings too freely. (See
–UN–22JUL96
Replacing Grapple Shock in Maintenance.)
A—Grapple Shock
T102160
CED,OUO1079,305 –19–12MAY00–1/1
35-14 121500
PN=89
Transporting
Loading Machine on a Trailer
1. Load and unload machine on a level surface.
2. Keep trailer bed clean.
3. Put chock blocks against truck and trailer wheels.
4. Always use a ramp or loading dock. Be sure ramps are

of adequate strength, have a low angle, and proper
height.
5. Drive the machine up ramp in forward or in reverse.

Drive it off ramp in forward or in reverse.
6. Drive onto the ramps squarely.
7. Park machine on trailer, centered from side to side.
8. Lower blade and grapple, if equipped, to floor. Use

blocks under blade to protect floor.
9. Move transmission control and park brake lever to

PARK position "P".
10. Stop the engine. Remove the key.
11. Turn steering wheel back and forth to release steering

pressure.
12. Connect frame locking bar.
13. Put chock blocks against all machine wheels.
14. Lock all covers.
15. Fasten each corner of machine to the trailer with a

chain or cable.
TX,40,JC1517 –19–12AUG96–1/1
40-1 121500
PN=90
Transporting
Towing Procedure
The park brake is ON whenever the engine is not running

or the transmission system is non-functional. The park
brake must be OFF to tow the machine.

unexpected machine movement. Place blocks at
front and rear of tires to prevent machine from
rolling.
IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.
Tow machine off-road to the nearest

location where repair work can be done.
Limit tow to 450 m (500 yd) maximum.
Never tow machine faster than 3.2

km/hr (2 mph).
Haul the machine if it must be moved

farther than 450 m (500 yd).
IMPORTANT: Do not allow an operator on the

machine being towed unless the
operator can control the steering and
brakes.
1. Place blocks at front and rear of tires. Connect the

towed and towing machines together with chains.
Machines should be as close together as safely
possible, such as blade to blade.
2. Start engine, if possible.
3. Move transmission control lever from PARK position

“P” to NEUTRAL position “N”.
4. If park brake indicator does not light, the park brake is

OFF. Go to step 16.
If park brake indicator lights, the park brake is ON.
5. Stop engine. If a hand-operated hydraulic pump filled

with hydraulic oil is not available, go to step 15.
Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,70 –19–19SEP00–1/6
40-2 121500
PN=91
Transporting
6. Remove access panels (A) from behind left side of

cab.
A—Access Panel (2 used)
–UN–11OCT00
T129559C
CED,OUO1079,70 –19–19SEP00–2/6
7. Disconnect park brake hose (B) from park brake and

differential lock valve fitting (C).
IMPORTANT: Do not remove the relief fitting that

faces down and has a hole in it. This is
a relief valve which will leak oil if park
–UN–04APR00
brake is pumped above maximum
pressure.
8. Remove cap (E) from manual park brake release fitting
T129548C
(D) and install cap on park brake and differential lock
valve fitting.
B—Park Brake Hose

9. Connect park brake hose to manual park brake release
C—Park Brake and Differential Lock Valve Fitting
fitting. D—Manual Park Brake Release Fitting
E—Cap
40-3 121500
PN=92
Transporting
10. Remove pressurized water hose cover (F), if

equipped, and move pressurized water hose (G)
aside.
11. Remove cap (I) from manual park brake release fitting
(H).
–UN–04APR00
F—Pressurized Water Hose Cover
G—Pressurized Water Hose
H—Manual Park Brake Release Fitting
T129678B
I—Cap
–UN–04APR00
T129679B
40-4 121500
PN=93
Transporting
12. Put hand-operated hydraulic pump (J) on left side of

operator’s station floor and connect to manual park
brake release fitting.
NOTE: Keep hand-operated hydraulic pump filled with oil.
–UN–04APR00
unexpected machine movement. Sit in
operator’s seat with seat belt on when pumping
T129680B
the hydraulic pump.
When towing the machine, maintain between

1551 kPa (15.5 bar) (225 psi) and 1724 kPa (17.2
bar) (250 psi). If pressure is below 1379 kPa
(13.8 bar) (200 psi), park brake may engage. The
park brake will engage at approximately 1379
kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi).
–UN–04APR00
13. Pump handle (K) until gauge needle (L) indicates
1724 kPa (17.2 bar) (250 psi).
NOTE: Depending on condition of machine, it may be
T129681B
necessary to periodically pump the handle to
maintain hydraulic pressure.
14. Start engine, if possible, to aid in steering and brake J—Hand-Operated Hydraulic Pump
operation while being towed. Go to step 16. K—Pump Handle
L—Pump Gauge Needle

unexpected machine movement. Never attempt
to remove drive shafts without blocking front
and rear tires.
15. Remove drive shafts if a hand-operated hydraulic

pump is not available to release park brake.
Disconnect drive shafts at differential and

transmission and remove shafts from machine. Push
transmission yokes firmly into transmission housing
after drive shafts have been removed.
16. Remove blocks and tow machine slowly.
40-5 121500
PN=94
Transporting

rolling.
17. Apply park brake and place blocks at front and rear of
tires when finished towing.
18. Install drive shafts, if removed. See your authorized

dealer for installation information.
CED,OUO1079,70 –19–19SEP00–6/6
40-6 121500
PN=95
Fuels and Lubricants
Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100 gram
diesel fuel available in your area. load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low Sulfur content:
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed. • Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur
content less than 0.05% is preferred.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are • If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%
recommended. sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for
engine oil and filter by 50%.
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following • DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
properties: than 1.0%.
Cetane number of 40 minimum. Cetane number Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the fuel
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for properties meet DIN 51606 or equivalent specification.
temperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above
1500 m (5000 ft). DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of
lubricant with diesel fuel.
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least
5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature.
DX,FUEL1 –19–12FEB99–1/1
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner
When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines

used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.
If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along
with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,
anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is
specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other
diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow
and stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do not contain
the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection
pumps.
TX,45,JC2126 –19–15AUG97–1/1
45-1 121500
PN=96
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel
IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through the

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill
filler cap. If a new filler cap is
the fuel tank when engine is running.
required, always replace it with an
original vented cap.
DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or
service the fuel system.
When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there
is a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation to
stabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation.
prevent condensation and freezing during cold
Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
weather.
DX,FUEL4 –19–18MAR96–1/1
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers
IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized Store fuel in:

containers reacts with zinc coating
on the container to form zinc flakes. • plastic containers
If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will • aluminum containers
also form. The gel and flakes will • specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel
quickly plug fuel filters and damage
fuel injectors and fuel pumps. DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an
alloy of copper and zinc.
DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel
fuel.
MX,FLBT,C –19–04JUN90–1/1
45-2 121500
PN=97
Fuel Tank
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is

hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank. Do not
smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuel
system.
–UN–23AUG88
To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each
day’s operation.
TS185
Item Measurement Specification
Fuel Tank 360D Cable Capacity 159 L (42 gal) Approximate
Fuel Tank 360D Grapple Capacity 189 L (50 gal) Approximate
Fuel Tank 460D Cable Capacity 159 L (42 gal) Approximate
Fuel Tank 460D Grapple Single Capacity 273 L (72 gal) Approximate
Function
Fuel Tank 460D Grapple Dual Capacity 265 L (70 gal) Approximate
Function
Fuel Tank 560D Grapple Capacity 265 L (70 gal) Approximate
TX03679,000172C –19–05OCT00–1/1
45-3 121500
PN=98
Diesel Engine Oil
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.
The following oil is preferred:
• John Deere PLUS-50
The following oil is also recommended:
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
–UN–10OCT97
following:
• API Service Classification CH-4

• API Service Classification CG-4
•
TS1661
API Service Classification CF-4
• ACEA Specification E3
• ACEA Specification E2
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used,

reduce the service interval by 50%.
Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere

preferred engine oils are used. Consult your dealer for
more information.
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company TX03679,000172D –19–05SEP00–1/1
45-4 121500
PN=99
Transmission, Hydraulic System, Park Brake,

Differential, Cab Hydraulic Pump and Winch
Oil
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.
The following oils are preferred:
• John Deere HY-GARD

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD
Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
–UN–10OCT97
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D
Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is
TS1660
required:
• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD
HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company TX03679,0001753 –19–26SEP00–1/1
45-5 121500
PN=100
Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the

expected air temperature range during the service interval.
The following greases are preferred:
• SD POLYUREA GREASE
The following greases are also recommended:
• HD MOLY GREASE
• HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE
• HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE
–UN–30OCT00
• GREASE-GARD
Other greases may be used if they meet the following:
T134980
• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickener are not

compatible with others. Consult your
grease supplier before mixing different
types of grease.
TX03679,000177E –19–30OCT00–1/1
Oil Filters
Filtration of oils is critical to proper operation and

lubrication.
Always change filters regularly as specified in this manual.
Use filters meeting Timberjack performance specifications.
TX03679,000177F –19–30OCT00–1/1
45-6 121500
PN=101
Lubricant Storage
Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only Make certain that all containers are properly marked to
when clean lubricants are used. identify their contents.
Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual
lubricant they may contain.
Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in
an area protected from dust, moisture, and other
contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid
water and dirt accumulation.
DX,LUBST –19–18MAR96–1/1
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants
Conditions in certain geographical areas may require

lubricant recommendations different from those printed in
this manual.
Some authorized brand coolants and lubricants may not

be available in your location.
Consult your Timberjack dealer to obtain information and

recommendations.
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the

performance requirements as shown in this manual.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this

manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.
Re-refined base stock products may be used if the

finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
TX03679,0001771 –19–20OCT00–1/1
45-7 121500
PN=102
Mixing of Lubricants
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Consult your dealer to obtain specific information and
Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet recommendations.
certain specifications and performance requirements.
Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper

functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.
TX03679,000172F –19–05SEP00–1/1
45-8 121500
PN=103
Periodic Maintenance
Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals
Lubricate, make service checks, and make adjustments at

intervals shown on the periodic maintenance decal (A)
(located on the inside of the left cab door), and on the
–UN–08MAY00
following pages. Use your hour meter to determine when
your machine needs maintenance.
IMPORTANT: Refer to the Fuels and Lubricants
T129674C
chapter when performing maintenance
on your machine. Engine must be shut
off before servicing.
A—Periodic Maintenance Decal
TX03679,0001715 –19–31AUG00–1/1
Check the Hour Meter Regularly
Turn key switch to OFF position.
Push and hold the monitor SELECT button (A) to select

the hour meter function in the monitor display window (B)
to determine when your machine needs periodic
maintenance.
Intervals on the periodic maintenance chart are for

operating in normal conditions. If you operate your
–UN–12FEB98
machine in difficult conditions, you should service it at
SHORTER INTERVALS.
T112914
A—Monitor Select Button
B—Monitor Display Window
TX,50,RB279 –19–23JAN98–1/1
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants
IMPORTANT: Refer to the Fuels and Lubricants

chapter when performing maintenance
on your machine.
NOTE: Factory fill oil for transmission and hydraulic

systems has red dye added to help in locating
leaks. When adding oil, use oils specified in the
Fuels and Lubricants chapter.
TX,50,RR,1136 –19–15APR92–1/1
50-1 121500
PN=104
Prepare Machine for Maintenance
Before performing maintenance procedures given in the

following chapters, and before leaving the operator’s seat,
park the machine as described below unless another
position is specified in the procedure.
CED,OUO1079,72 –19–09OCT00–1/3

of console.
3. Lower blade and grapple, if equipped, to ground.
–UN–06OCT00
4. Turn key switch to OFF position. (If maintenance must
be performed with engine running, do not leave
machine unattended.)
T134388D
5. Turn steering wheel left and right to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.

B—Lever Sleeve
CED,OUO1079,72 –19–09OCT00–2/3
6. Move battery disconnect switch (A) to OFF position.
–UN–07APR00
T129968B
CED,OUO1079,72 –19–09OCT00–3/3
50-2 121500
PN=105
Locking Machine Frames

unexpected machine movement. Connect frame
locking bar to both frames before working in
–UN–27MAR00
frame pivot area.
1. Align machine frames.
T129367B
2. Remove spring pins and locking bar pins (A) to remove
frame locking bar (B) from stored position.
Machine With Winch
A—Locking Bar Pins
B—Frame Locking Bar
–UN–10OCT91
T7572AF
Machine Without Winch
CED,OUO1079,91 –19–31MAR00–1/2
3. Install frame locking bar between frames with pins (A)

and spring pins.
A—Pin (2 used)
–UN–12APR00
T130044
CED,OUO1079,91 –19–31MAR00–2/2
Opening the Grille
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from grille

door closing unexpectedly. Park on level
ground.
1. Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment

to ground.
Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,108 –19–05APR00–1/2
50-3 121500
PN=106
2. Remove cap screws (A).
3. Swing grille open.
–UN–07APR00
T129969B
CED,OUO1079,108 –19–05APR00–2/2
Opening Engine Side Shields
Remove left engine side shields (A). Turn shield latch (B)
to remove first shield, and remove cap screws (C) to
remove other shields.
–UN–11OCT00
A—Engine Side Shields
B—Shield Latch
C—Cap Screw (5 used)
T129707E
–UN–11OCT00
T129708F
TX03679,0001716 –19–31AUG00–1/1
50-4 121500
PN=107
Maintenance and Repair Record Keeping

System
The checklist on the following page summarizes

scheduled maintenance, and parts and oil required at
each maintenance interval.
Use the checklist to:
• Remind you to perform machine maintenance at

specified intervals to minimize downtime.
• Calculate cost of machine operation and ownership
allowing you to make better job estimates.
• Place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.
• Satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.
As maintenance is performed, check off each item on the

list and record date and hour meter reading. Use the
second copy of this form (immediately preceding the
Service Literature page inside the back cover).
–UN–27JUN91
Do not tear out or mark on Checklist in the Periodic
Maintenance chapter; keep it to make extra copies.
T7511CO
TX,50,RB280 –19–26JUN00–1/1
50-5 121500
PN=108
OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS, and 3-Way Coolant Test Kit
–UN–16SEP97
–UN–16SEP97
T111410
T111411
Oilscan Plus 3-Way Coolant Test Kit
Oilscan Plus, Coolscan Plus and 3-Way Coolant Test and/or fluid change interval. Certain systems require
Kit are John Deere fluid sampling products to help you more frequent sampling. Consult your dealer on a
monitor machine performance and system condition. maintenance program for your specific application.
The objective of a fluid sampling program is to ensure Your dealer has the sampling products and expertise
machine availability when you need it and to reduce to assist you in lowering your overall operating costs
repair costs by identifying potential problems before through fluid sampling.
they become critical.
Oil and coolant samples should be taken from each

system on a periodic basis, usually prior to a filter
OILSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company

COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company TX03679,0001730 –19–05SEP00–1/1
50-6 121500
PN=109

System
SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Clean debris from condenser and oil cooler, if equipped, and • Check wheel bolt torque
radiator areas
• Inspect serpentine belt • Clean fuel tank filler screen
• Check and clean air cleaner elements • Fill and charge pressurized water system (if equipped)
• Check tire pressure • Check fire extinguisher charge
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check recovery tank coolant level • Lubricate tongs and tong cylinders (if equipped)
• Check engine oil level • Lubricate boom to arch pivot (460D Grapple, 560D Grapple) (if
equipped)
• Check and drain primary fuel filter (water separator) • Lubricate boom cylinder pins (460D Grapple, 560D Grapple) (if
equipped)
• Clean or replace air cleaner unloader valve • Lubricate arch cylinder pins (if equipped)
• Lubricate frame hinge pivots • Check transmission oil level
• Lubricate boom arch to frame pivot (if equipped) • Check hydraulic system oil level
• Lubricate damper, yoke, and crosshead pins (if equipped)
Every 100 Hours
• Lubricate front axle pivots and front/rear steering cylinder pins • Lubricate winch telescoping drive shaft (if equipped)
• Lubricate winch fairlead rollers (if equipped) • Lubricate lower telescoping drive shaft
• Lubricate lower drive shaft support bearing • Lubricate stacking blade and cylinder pivots
Continued on next page TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–1/4
50-7 121500
PN=110
REQUIRED PARTS
Insure machine performance and availability; use only genuine Timberjack parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e. filter O-rings.
Description Part Number ASI 250 Hours 500 Hours 1000 Hours
Engine Oil Filters RE59754* 1 1 1 1
RE57394 (560D)
Primary Fuel Filter RE62424* 1 1
RE65431 (560D)
Final Fuel Filter RE62419* 1 1
AR86745 (560D)
Transmission Oil AT192979 1 1 1
Filter
Transmission AT101565 1
Breather Filter
Hydraulic Oil Filter AT193544 1 1 1
Hydraulic Reservoir AT101565 1
Breather Filter
Differential Lock AT193114 1 1
Return Filter
Differential Lock Inlet AT175334 1
Filter
Air Filter, Primary AR79679* 1
AR80652 (560D)
Air Filter, Secondary AR79680* 1
AR80653 (560D)
Air Cleaner Unloader T23263 1
Valve
Engine Rocker Arm R123543* 1
Cover Gasket R49866 (560D)
PLUS-50 engine oil TY6390 (19 L [5 gal] 19 L (5 gal)* 19 L (5 gal)* 19 L (5 gal)* 19 L (5 gal)*
container) 23.7 L (6.25 gal) 23.7 L (6.25 gal) 23.7 L (6.25 gal) 23.7 L (6.25 gal)
(560D) (560D) (560D) (560D)
* 360D, 460D
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–2/4
50-8 121500
PN=111
HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic Oil
• 360D (without Axles AR69444 (19 L [5 63.3 L (66.9 qt)

or Winch) gal] container)
• 460D or 560D AR69444 (19 L [5 74.6 L (78.8 qt)
(without Axles or gal] container)
Winch)
• Front Axle—1200 AR69444 (19 L [5 17.9 L (19 qt)
gal] container)
gal] container)
• Front Axle— AR69444 (19 L [5 32.0 L (34 qt)
SWEDA gal] container)
• Rear Axle—1200 AR69444 (19 L [5 24.6 L (26 qt)
gal] container)
• Rear Axle—1400 AR69444 (19 L [5 48 L (51 qt)
gal] container)
• Rear Axle— AR69444 (19 L [5 50 L (53 qt)
• Winch—4000 AR69444 (19 L [5 35.2 L (37 qt)
gal] container)
• Winch—6000 AR69444 (19 L [5 45.5 L (48 qt)
gal] container)
OILSCAN PLUS Kit (ten samples per kit)
• Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1

• Transmission AT178840 1 1
• Axles AT178840 2 2
• Hydraulic AT178844 1 1
COOLSCAN PLUS AT183016 1
Kit
Coolant Conditioner TY16004 390 ml (13 oz)
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR RECORD KEEPING SYSTEM

Model: 360D, 460D and 560D Skidders Customer:
PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain/change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000, hours.
Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information you supply.
Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.

COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–3/4
50-9 121500
PN=112
Every 250 Hours

• Change engine oil and replace filter
Comments:
Date: Hour Meter Reading:

Maintenance Performed By:
Every 500 Hours
• Check radiator coolant level • Replace differential lock return filter
• Replace primary fuel filter (water separator) • Replace transmission filter
• Replace final fuel filter • Check air intake hoses
• Check brake accumulator action • Replace hydraulic reservoir filter
• Check differential oil level • Check battery electrolyte level and terminals
Comments:

Every 1000 Hours
• Replace air cleaner elements • Replace differential lock inlet filter
• Replace air cleaner unloader valve • Change transmission oil and clean screen
• Change front and rear differential oil • Inspect engine torsional damper
• Replace transmission breather filter • Change hydraulic oil and breather filter
• Change winch oil (if equipped) • Check and adjust engine speed control linkage
• Lubricate grapple rotate bearing (if equipped) • Check and adjust valve lash
Comments:

TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–4/4
50-10 121500
PN=113
Maintenance—As Required
Clean Debris from Condenser and Oil
Cooler—If Equipped, and Radiator
1. Open radiator grille and remove left engine side shield.
2. Clean radiator fins (A), oil cooler fins (B), and
–UN–19APR00
condenser fins (D) with compressed air.
3. Remove debris from basin (C).
T130274D
A—Radiator Fins
B—Oil Cooler Fins
C—Basin
D—Condenser Fins
–UN–19APR00
T130331C
CED,OUO1079,209 –19–17APR00–1/1
55-1 121500
PN=114
Inspect Serpentine Belt
NOTE: Solid lines in diagram indicate with air

conditioning; dashed lines indicate without air
conditioning.
1. Check belt regularly for wear, especially for cracks at

the bottom of grooves and for frayed edges.
2. If necessary, replace belt.
3. Place the drive of a 1/2 in. drive ratchet in square hole

of tension adjuster (G). Turn ratchet counterclockwise
to pull tension adjuster assembly away from belt,
releasing belt tension.
4. Hold tension adjuster assembly away from belt while

removing old belt and installing new belt.
5. Slowly turn ratchet clockwise to place tension adjuster
–UN–12MAY00
assembly against new belt. Tension is automatically
adjusted.
6. Remove ratchet from assembly.
T130978
A—Alternator
B—Fan Pulley
C—Idler 360D and 460D Shown
D—Air Conditioning Compressor
E—Crankshaft Damper
F—Water Pump A B
G—Tensioner
G
–UN–12MAY00
D
T130980
T130980 E
560D Shown
TX03679,0001739 –19–07SEP00–1/1
55-2 121500
PN=115
Inspect Air Cleaner Elements
IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may cause

engine damage.
Install a new primary element:
–UN–10NOV88
1. If the element shows damage.
2. If element will not clean.
T90684
Install a new secondary element:
1. If the primary element is damaged

and needs to be replaced.
2. If the element is visibly dirty.
DO NOT clean a secondary element.

Install a new element carefully centering
it in the canister.
1. Inspect element and gasket for damage.
2. Air cleaner restriction indicator will not signal correctly

if an element has a break or is not correctly sealed in
air cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
a new element.
CED,OUO1079,167 –19–12APR00–1/1
55-3 121500
PN=116
Clean Dusty Primary Element
1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON a
–UN–09NOV88
HARD SURFACE.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from flying

chips if compressed air is more than 210 kPa
T47764
(2.1 bar) (30 psi). Reduce compressed air to
less than 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using
for cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment including eye protection.
2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under

210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).
3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside to

outside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.
03T,55,MM11 –19–18NOV92–1/1
55-4 121500
PN=117
Check Tire Pressure
CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and

rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
Only attempt to mount a tire if you have the

proper equipment and experience to perform
the job. Have it done by your authorized dealer
or a qualified repair service.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DO

NOT inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tire
or rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat from
welding could cause an increase in pressure
and may result in a tire explosion.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and

extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over
the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
–UN–23AUG88
Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operate
with low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged
TS211
rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.
IMPORTANT: Tires are shipped from the factory at

172 kPa (1.7 bar) (25 psi) for shipping
purposes. Adjust pressure before
machine is put to work. Check tire
pressure with an accurate gauge having
7 kPa (0.1 bar) (1 psi) graduations.
Tire Pressure
23.1-26 (14 ply) Pressure 240 kPa (2.4 bar) (35 psi)
28L-26 (12 ply) Pressure 170 kPa (1.7 bar) (25 psi)
28L-26 (14 ply) Pressure 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi)
23.1-26 Narrow Gauge (14 ply) Pressure 240 kPa (2.4 bar) (35 psi)
55-5 121500
PN=118
28L-26 Narrow Gauge (12 ply) Pressure 170 kPa (1.7 bar) (25 psi)
28L-26 Narrow Gauge (14 ply) Pressure 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi)
24.5-32 Narrow Gauge (16 ply) Pressure 240 kPa (2.4 bar) (35 psi)
CED,OUO1079,218 –19–24APR00–2/2
Check Wheel Bolt Torque
IMPORTANT: To obtain proper torque, wheel stud

threads must be oiled prior to
assembly.
–UN–27SEP90
Check for loose or missing wheel bolts. Tighten to proper
torque.
Specification
T7382AN
Wheel Bolts—Torque .................................................. 847 N•m (625 lb-ft)
TX,55,JC1277 –19–26SEP00–1/1
Clean Fuel Tank Filler Screen
1. Remove fuel tank filler cap.
2. Rotate screen until hole in outer flange lines up with

snap ring opening.
Continued on next page TX,55,JC278 –19–26JAN95–1/2
55-6 121500
PN=119
3. Remove filler screen (A).
4. Clean screen with diesel fuel. Replace screen if

damaged.
5. Install screen.
6. Install filler cap.
A—Filler Screen
–UN–20DEC90
T7431AX
TX,55,JC278 –19–26JAN95–2/2
55-7 121500
PN=120
Fill and Charge Pressurized Water System—

If Equipped
CAUTION: Release pressure by discharging

fluid at hose and before removing fill plug.
–UN–31MAR00
Injury may result from plug or cap under force.
1. Move shut-off valve lever (A) to turn water on.
T129545C
2. Squeeze nozzle lever (D) to spray water.
3. Slowly remove plug (E).
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Add 25 kg (55

lb) calcium chloride to water tank
before air temperature drops below 0°C
(32°F).
–UN–04APR00
4. Fill tank with water.
Specification
Water Tank—Capacity .................................. 60.6 L (16 gal) Approximate
T129560B
CAUTION: Plug has a vent cross hole for
release of air pressure. Do not use a substitute
plug. A—Shut-Off Valve Lever
B—Fitting
C—Gauge
5. Install plug. D—Nozzle Lever
E—Plug
6. To pressurize system, connect air hose to fitting (B)
and add air. Watch gauge (C) for correct air pressure.
Specification
Water Tank—Pressure ..................................... 410 kPa (3.8 bar) (55 psi)
CED,OUO1079,73 –19–29MAR00–1/1
55-8 121500
PN=121
Check Fire Extinguisher Charge
NOTE: Dry powder has a tendency to pack in the bottom

of an extinguisher.
Before using extinguisher (A), turn it upside down
–UN–31MAR00
and shake until you feel the powder move.
Check gauge. If fire extinguisher is not fully charged,

charge or replace it.
T129544B
NOTE: The fire extinguisher must be charged or replaced
after any use. 5-Pound Fire Extinguisher Shown
A—Fire Extinguisher
CED,OUO1079,74 –19–29MAR00–1/1
55-9 121500
PN=122
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Check Recovery Tank Coolant Level
With the engine cold, coolant level must be between HOT

and COLD marks on coolant recovery tank (A).
If coolant is below the COLD mark, add coolant to the

recovery tank.
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot
spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator filler
TS281
cap unless engine is cool. Turn cap slowly to
the stop. Release air to relieve all pressure
before you remove cap.
If recovery tank is empty, check for leaks. Repair as

required. Add coolant to the radiator and coolant recovery
tank.
–UN–26APR00
If recovery tank is full and radiator is low, check for leaks
on radiator cap and hose connections between radiator
and coolant recovery tank. Coolant level MUST be at
bottom of the filler neck.
T129992B
A—Coolant Recovery Tank
Secondary Steering Machine Shown
CED,OUO1079,125 –19–06APR00–1/1
60-1 121500
PN=123
Check Engine Oil Level
IMPORTANT: If oil level is low, the engine can be

damaged. DO NOT operate the engine
when oil level is below the ADD mark.
–UN–26APR00
The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when the
engine is cold before starting the engine for the day’s
operation.
T129993B
2. Engage park brake.
3. Make sure dipstick (A) is fully seated.
4. Remove dipstick to check oil level.
BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: The engine is
–UN–09DEC97
full when oil level is in the cross-hatched area (B). It is
acceptable to run the engine when the oil level is
above the ADD mark.
T112094
AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow the oil
to drain into the oil pan for 10 minutes before checking
the oil level. Ten minutes after shutdown, the engine oil
A—Engine Oil Dipstick
level must be above the ADD mark. B—Dipstick Cross-Hatched Area
C—Engine Oil Fill Cap
5. If necessary, remove filler cap (C) to add oil. (See
Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
CED,OUO1079,126 –19–06APR00–1/1
60-2 121500
PN=124
Check and Drain Primary Fuel Filter (Water

Separator)
1. Open right side shield to access primary fuel filter.
IMPORTANT: Position bottom of drain hose outside
–UN–07APR00
engine frame.
2. Place container under drain hose.
T129994B
3. Open primary fuel filter drain valve (A) and press
primary fuel filter pump (B) to extract water from fuel
360D and 460D Shown
system.
A—Primary Fuel Filter Drain Valve
4. Close drain valve. Dispose of waste properly. B—Primary Fuel Filter Drain Pump
TX03679,000173A –19–07SEP00–1/1
Clean Air Cleaner Unloader Valve
NOTE: A missing, damaged or hardened unloader valve

will cause the air filter elements to be ineffective.
Valve should suck closed above 1/3 engine
speed.
–UN–24APR00
1. Remove and clean air cleaner unloader valve (A). If
plugged, inspect filter elements. Clean, if necessary.
T130002B
2. Install air cleaner unloader valve. (See Replace
Unloader Valve in Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours
chapter.) 360D and 460D Shown
A—Air Cleaner Unloader Valve

NOTE: If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze
unloader valve every two hours of operation to
release dust.
TX03679,000173B –19–07SEP00–1/1
60-3 121500
PN=125
Lubricate Frame Hinge Pivots

unexpected machine movement. Install frame
locking bar before lubricating.
Lubricate four points until fresh grease escapes at joints.
–UN–08MAY00
Use proper grease. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
T130558B
Upper Frame Pivot Grease Fitting
–UN–26APR00
T130559B
Lower Frame Pivot Grease Fittings
TX,60,JC370 –19–12MAY00–1/1
60-4 121500
PN=126
Lubricate Boom and Arch Cylinder Pins and

Arch-to-Frame Pivot—If Equipped
Lubricate until fresh grease escapes at joints.
–UN–30MAR00
T129392B
Single Function—Arch-to-Frame Pivot and Arch Cylinder Pins
–UN–30MAR00
T129378B
Dual Function—Arch-to-Frame Pivot and Arch Cylinder Pins
–UN–30MAR00
T129387B
Dual Function—Boom Lower Cylinder Pins
–UN–30MAR00
T129388B
Dual Function—Boom Upper Cylinder Pins
CED,OUO1079,89 –19–31MAR00–1/1
60-5 121500
PN=127
Lubricate Damper, Yoke, and Crosshead

Pins—If Equipped
IMPORTANT: If damper spline grease fitting (D) is not

greased at proper interval, premature
spline failure could occur.
–UN–08JUN95
If grease fitting does not accept grease,
make sure the grapple head is on the
ground before attempting to lubricate
T8496AD
again.
NOTE: Using (A) as a locating point on damper, lubricate

the four fittings until grease escapes at joints.
Lubricate eight points until fresh grease escapes at joints.
A—Top Locating Point

B—Bushing Next to Damper Assembly Grease Fitting
–UN–08JUN95
C—Damper Head Outer Bushing Grease Fitting
D—Damper Spline Grease Fitting
E—Brake Plate Grease Fitting
F—Damper Brake Assembly
T8499AB
Cross Section of Upper Damper Pin
–UN–22JUL96
T102161
Lower Pin
TX,60,JC1354 –19–25APR00–1/1
60-6 121500
PN=128
Lubricate Tongs and Tong Cylinders—If

Equipped
Lubricate six points until fresh grease escapes at joints.
–UN–03FEB95
T8412AE
Left Side Shown
TX,60,JC375 –19–03FEB95–1/1
Lubricate Boom-to-Arch Pivot—If Equipped
Lubricate two points until fresh grease escapes at joints.
–UN–11OCT00
T129373C
CED,OUO1079,95 –19–19SEP00–1/1
60-7 121500
PN=129
Check Transmission Oil Level
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage. DO

NOT operate engine without oil in the
transmission system.
–UN–31MAR00
1. Machine must be on level surface with all equipment
on ground and engine off.
2. Turn handle (A) counterclockwise and open access
T129546B
panel (B).
A—Handle
B—Access Panel
CED,OUO1079,97 –19–31MAR00–1/2
IMPORTANT: Check oil level when engine is cold. If

machine has been running, shut engine
OFF and wait at least 20 minutes for oil
to drain down.
3. Remove dipstick (C), wipe it clean, and insert fully into
–UN–04APR00
dipstick tube. Remove dipstick and check oil level. Oil
level should be within the operating range (F), shown
on the dipstick.
T129374C
4. If necessary, pull filler hose out and place in hook (D).
Add oil at filler cap (E). DO NOT OVERFILL—
transmission may overheat. (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter.)
C—Dipstick
D—Hook
E—Filler Cap
F—Operating Range –UN–24APR00
T130510
CED,OUO1079,97 –19–31MAR00–2/2
60-8 121500
PN=130
Check Hydraulic System Oil Level
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic pump

damage. DO NOT operate engine
without oil in the hydraulic reservoir.
–UN–20OCT00
1. Park machine on a level surface. Engage park brake.
2. Operate engine at 1/2 speed. Close tongs, if equipped.

Slowly lower equipment to ground to get an accurate
T134751B
reading of the oil level.
NOTE: Lowering working equipment with engine off will

overfill the reservoir, resulting in an inaccurate oil
level reading.
4. Oil level must be seen in sight tube (A) located on

tank. Use blue scale (B) when machine hydraulic oil is
not at operating temperature. Use red scale (C) when
machine hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.
A—Sight Tube
B—Blue (Cold Oil) Scale
C—Red (Warm Oil) Scale
–UN–04OCT90
T7382AB
TX03679,0001770 –19–20OCT00–1/1
60-9 121500
PN=131
Lubricate Front Axle Pivots and Front
Steering Cylinder Pins
Lubricate four points with six shots of grease each.
–UN–28MAR00
NOTE: Lubricate daily when operating in deep mud or
snow.
If operating in water, lubricate twice daily or every
T129374B
five hours.
CED,OUO1079,94 –19–31MAR00–1/1
Lubricate Rear Steering Cylinder Pins
Lubricate two points with four shots of grease.
–UN–02FEB95
T8409AU
TX,65,JC372 –19–03FEB95–1/1
Lubricate Winch Fairlead Rollers—If

Equipped
Lubricate at six points until grease escapes at joints.
–UN–28MAR00
T129377B
–UN–28MAR00
T129376B
CED,OUO1079,93 –19–31MAR00–1/1
65-1 121500
PN=132
Lubricate Lower Drive Shaft Support Bearing

–UN–28MAR00
Clean all debris around greasing area.
Lubricate until fresh grease escapes around seal.
T129375B
NOTE: If operating the machine in deep mud or snow,
lubricate daily or every 10 hours.
If operating machine in water, lubricate twice daily

or every five hours.
CED,OUO1079,92 –19–31MAR00–1/1
Lubricate Winch Telescoping Drive Shaft—If

Equipped

–UN–12APR00
Use a low pressure grease gun.
T130008B
Lubricate until grease escapes around seals.
NOTE: If operating machine in deep mud or snow,


CED,OUO1079,133 –19–06APR00–1/1
65-2 121500
PN=133
Lubricate Lower Telescoping Drive Shaft

locking bar before servicing machine.
–UN–12APR00
Lubricate until grease escapes around seals.
T130008C
NOTE: If operating machine in deep mud or snow,

CED,OUO1079,134 –19–06APR00–1/1
Lubricate Stacking Blade and Cylinder Pivots
Lubricate six points until grease escapes around seals.
–UN–25APR00
IMPORTANT: Keep the area under the blade cylinders
free of debris. Debris can restrict
movement of the cylinders as the blade
is lowered, and could cause damage to
T130549B
the cylinder rods.
NOTE: If operating machine in deep mud or snow, Left Side Shown


–UN–25APR00
T130550B
Left Side Shown

TX,65,RR,846 –19–26JAN95–1/1
65-3 121500
PN=134
Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter
IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste can

threaten the environment and ecology.
Potentially harmful waste used with
Timberjack equipment include such
–UN–26NOV90
items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake oil, and
batteries. Do not pour waste onto the
ground, down a drain, or into any water
source.
TS1133
If fuel sulphur content exceeds 0.5
percent, engine oil drain interval must
be reduced by 1/2.
If engine has not run 250 hours before

the season changes, change oil.
3. Run engine to operating temperature.
Continued on next page TX03679,000173C –19–07SEP00–1/4
75-1 121500
PN=135
CAUTION: Engine frame bottom guard is hinged

on the front side.
5. Lower the engine frame bottom guard (A).
–UN–12APR00
6. Remove plug (B) from end of drain hose (C) and place
hose into a container.
7. Open drain valve (D) with a 1/4” hex wrench and allow
T130036B
oil to drain into the container. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
A—Engine Frame Bottom Guard

B—Plug
C—Drain Hose
D—Drain Valve
–UN–02OCT00
T134160B
–UN–30OCT00
T130552C
Continued on next page TX03679,000173C –19–07SEP00–2/4
75-2 121500
PN=136
8. Turn oil filter (A) counterclockwise to remove.
9. Apply thin film of oil to gasket of new oil filter.
10. Install oil filter. Turn filter clockwise by hand until

gasket touches mounting surface.
–UN–26APR00
11. Tighten 1/2 to 3/4 turn more.
12. Close drain valve. Install plug in drain hose.
T129706B
13. Remove filler cap (B) and fill engine with new oil.
(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
A—Oil Filter
Specification B—Filler Cap
C—Dipstick
Engine Oil—360D Cable—
Capacity .............................................................. 19 L (5 gal) Approximate
Engine Oil—360D Grapple—
Engine Oil—460D Cable—
Capacity ...................................................... 23.7 L (6.25 gal) Approximate
14. Install filler cap. Check dipstick (C) for correct oil
level. Add oil if necessary.
TX03679,000173C –19–07SEP00–3/4
15. Start engine and run at slow idle for two minutes.
Check to see if engine oil pressure indicator (A) on
dash goes out immediately. If not, stop the engine
and find the cause.
16. Stop the engine. Check oil level.

–UN–30MAR00
17. Check for any leakage at filter or drain plug. Tighten

filter, drain valve, or plug just enough to stop leakage.
Route drain hose inside engine frame.
T129538F
18. Install engine frame bottom guard.
A—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
TX03679,000173C –19–07SEP00–4/4
75-3 121500
PN=137
Check Radiator Coolant Level

spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator filler
cap unless engine is cool. Turn cap slowly to
–UN–01NOV88
1. Slowly remove cap. Coolant level must be at bottom of

the filler neck.
T6642EK
NOTE: If radiator coolant level is low, check for leaks on
radiator cap, and hose connections between
radiator and coolant recovery tank.
2. Add coolant, if necessary.
3. Install filler cap.
–19–14MAY96
T101279
TX,75,JC1283 –19–15JUL96–1/1
80-1 121500
PN=138
Replace Primary Fuel Filter (Water

Separator)—360D and 460D

engine frame.
–UN–26APR00
2. Drain all fuel from filter. Dispose of waste properly.
T130013B
3. Turn retaining ring (A) counterclockwise to remove filter
(B).
360D Shown
4. Turn sediment bowl (C) counterclockwise to remove

from filter assembly and clean.
5. Remove hand primer from fuel filter base. Disassemble

hand primer assembly (D—I) and clean.
–UN–27SEP00
A—Retaining Ring
B—Filter Element
C—Sediment Bowl
D—Retaining Ring
T134088B
E—Pump Knob
F—Spring Cover
G—Spring Seat
H—Spring 460D Shown
I—Diaphragm
–UN–08JAN98
T112134
Continued on next page TX03679,000173D –19–07SEP00–1/2
80-2 121500
PN=139
6. Remove fuel inlet line from fitting (A) and remove plug
(C).
7. Flush any debris from filter base (B).
8. Install fuel inlet plug and fuel inlet line.
–UN–17DEC94
9. Assemble primer assembly and install onto fuel filter
base.
T8387AD
10. Install new filter. Follow instructions on filter.
11. Install sediment bowl.

A—Fuel Inlet Line Fitting
B—Filter Base
12. Bleed fuel system. (See Bleeding Fuel System in
C—Plug
Maintenance chapter.)
TX03679,000173D –19–07SEP00–2/2
80-3 121500
PN=140
Replace Final Fuel Filter—360D and 460D
1. Thoroughly clean fuel filter assembly and surrounding

area, if not previously done.
–UN–30OCT00
engine frame.
T130013G
3. Drain all fuel from filter. Dispose of waste properly.
NOTE: Lifting up on retaining ring (A) as it is rotated 360D Shown

helps to get it past the raised locators.
4. Firmly grasp the retaining ring and rotate it

counterclockwise 1/4 turn. Remove ring with filter
element (B).
–UN–30OCT00
5. Inspect filter mounting base for cleanliness. Clean as
required.
NOTE: The fuel filter must be indexed properly and the
T134088F
key on canister must be oriented in slot of
mounting base for correct installation.
460D Shown
6. Thoroughly inspect filter base seal ring. Replace as
needed. A—Retaining Ring
B—Filter Element
7. Install new filter element onto mounting base and
position element using a slight rocking motion. Be sure
element is properly indexed on mounting base.
8. Install retaining ring onto mounting base and tighten

about 1/3 turn until ring snaps into the detent. DO NOT
overtighten the retaining ring.
9. Bleed fuel system. (See Bleeding Fuel System in

TX03679,000173E –19–07SEP00–1/1
80-4 121500
PN=141

Separator)—560D
1. Thoroughly clean fuel filter/water separator assembly

and surrounding area.
NOTE: Lifting up on retaining ring (F) as it is rotated

helps to get it past retaining detent.
2. Rotate retaining ring counterclockwise 1/4 turn.

Remove ring with filter element.
3. Remove water separator bowl (G) from filter element

(E). Drain and clean separator bowl. Dry with
compressed air.
NOTE: Notice raised locators on filter element. These

locators insure proper alignment of filter element
to filter base.
–UN–13MAR93
4. Install water separator bowl onto new filter element.
Tighten securely.
5. Index filter element until longer, vertical locators (D)
RG6666
are oriented opposite mounting base. Insert filter
element into base securely. It may be necessary to
rotate filter for correct alignment.
A—Mounting Base
6. Install retaining ring to filter base, making certain dust B—Hand Primer
seal (C) is in place on filter base. Tighten retaining ring C—Dust Seal
D—Vertical Locators
until it locks into detent position and a “click” sound E—Filter Element
can be heard. F—Retaining Ring
G—Water Separator Bowl
7. Bleed the fuel system. (See Bleed the Fuel System in
TX03679,000171C –19–31AUG00–1/1
80-5 121500
PN=142
Replace Final Fuel Filter—560D
1. Close fuel shut-off valve at bottom of fuel tank.
NOTE: Keep a small container under drain plug to catch

draining fuel.
2. Loosen bleed plug (C) on side of filter base. Remove

drain plug (B) to drain fuel from fuel filter. Dispose of
waste properly.
–UN–26NOV97
3. With fuel filter firm against base, lift up on top retaining
spring and pull down on bottom retaining spring. Pull
fuel filter off guide pins (A) of fuel filter base and
discard.
RG7051
4. Install new fuel filter onto guide pins of fuel filter base.
Holder filter firmly against base.
5. Secure bottom filter retaining spring first, then secure

top retaining spring (four arrows).
6. Install new drain plug (B). Tighten bleed plug and drain
plug securely. Do not overtighten.
–UN–26NOV97
7. Open the fuel shut-off valve and bleed the fuel system.
(See Bleed the Fuel System in Maintenance chapter.)
RG7052
A—Guide Pins
B—Drain Plug
C—Bleed Plug
TX03679,000171D –19–31AUG00–1/1
80-6 121500
PN=143
Check Brake Accumulator Action
1. Run engine at slow idle.
2. Raise blade to upper stop.
–UN–06OCT00
NEUTRAL position “N”.
T134388E
CAUTION: If park brake indicator comes ON
with one application of brake, accumulator has
lost its gas charge. This may cause park brake
to stop machine when service brakes and a A—Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever
hydraulic function are both used at same time.
4. Lower blade while pumping the service brake pedal as

fast as possible until blade raises front of machine.
5. If park brake indicator comes on during test, replace

accumulator. See your authorized dealer.
CED,OUO1079,78 –19–06OCT00–1/1
Check Rear Differential Oil Level
1. Park machine on level surface.

PARK position "P".

rolling.
5. Block the tires to prevent unexpected machine

movement during oil checking procedure.
80-7 121500
PN=144
6. Remove one axle check plug (B).
NOTE: If oil flows from check plug hole, rear axle is full. If
oil does not flow from the check plug hole, axle oil
level is low.
–UN–22JAN98
7. Start the engine and engage the differential lock to fill
rear axle.
NOTE: Oil will flow quickly. Two people may be needed
T112938
to prevent unexpected oil loss.
8. Disengage the differential lock when oil flows from the Rear Frame Access Panel Shown Removed
check plug hole. Stop the engine.
B—Check Plug (2 used)
9. Install check plug.
CED,OUO1079,211 –19–17APR00–2/2
Check Front Differential Oil Level
NOTE: Always check rear differential oil level before

checking front differential oil level. Rear differential
oil level must be correct to obtain accurate
reading of front differential oil level. Refer to the
Check Rear Differential Oil Level procedure in this
chapter.

PARK position "P".
CED,OUO1079,211 –19–17APR00–1/3

on the front side.
5. Lower the engine frame bottom guard (A).

–UN–12APR00

T130036B
80-8 121500
PN=145
6. Remove axle check plug (C). If oil flows from the check
plug hole, axle oil level is correct.
7. If oil does not flow from the check plug hole, axle oil
level is low. Add oil. (See Change Front Differential Oil
in Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours.)
–UN–19APR00
8. Install check plug.
9. Install engine frame bottom guard.
T130367B
C—Check Plug
Optional 1400 Axle Shown
CED,OUO1079,211 –19–17APR00–3/3
Replace Differential Lock Return Filter

locking bar.
–UN–21JUL97
1. Install frame locking bar.
2. Remove upper engine frame guard (A).
T110360B
A—Upper Engine Frame Guard
Continued on next page TX,80,JC2090 –19–02JUL97–1/2
80-9 121500
PN=146
3. Turn filter (B) counterclockwise to remove.
4. Fill new filter with oil. Install new filter.
5. Start engine.
–UN–21JUL97
6. Activate differential lock several times.
7. Check for leaks.
T110361B
8. Install frame guard.
9. Remove frame locking bar.
B—Filter
TX,80,JC2090 –19–02JUL97–2/2
Replace Transmission Oil Filter

locking bar.
NOTE: A filter wrench may be required for this procedure.
2. Remove left side engine shield covers.
80-10 121500
PN=147
3. Turn transmission oil filter (A) counterclockwise to

remove.
4. Clean mounting surface. Apply thin film of oil to gasket

of new filter.
–UN–24APR00
5. Install new filter. Tighten filter 3/4—1 full turn after seal
contacts mounting base.
6. Tighten 1/2—3/4 turn more.
T129923C
7. Add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
A—Transmission Oil Filter
8. Start engine and run for five minutes.
9. Check oil level on transmission dipstick. Add oil if

necessary.
10. Stop engine. Check for leaks around the filter. Tighten
filter only enough to stop leaks.
11. Check oil level on transmission dipstick. Add oil if

necessary.
CED,OUO1079,138 –19–07APR00–2/2
Check Air Intake Hoses
1. Inspect engine air intake hose (A) for cracks or

damage. Install new hose if necessary.
2. Check hose clamps (B) connecting hose to air cleaner
–UN–12APR00
(C) and turbocharger (D). Tighten clamps.
A—Engine Air Intake Hose
T130037B
B—Hose Clamp (2 used)
C—Air Cleaner
D—Turbocharger
360D and 460D Shown
–UN–12APR00
T130038B
360D and 460D Shown

CED,OUO1079,139 –19–07APR00–1/1
80-11 121500
PN=148
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter
1. Turn hydraulic oil filter (A) counterclockwise to remove.
2. Clean mounting surface. Apply thin film of oil to gasket

of new filter.
–UN–02OCT00
3. Install new filter. Tighten filter 3/4—1 full turn after seal
contacts mounting base.
T134167B
4. Loosen filter element 2 full turns. Repeat step 3.
5. Start engine. Check for leaks around the filter base.

Tighten filter only enough to stop leaks. A—Hydraulic Oil Filter
6. Stop engine. Check oil level.
CED,OUO1079,140 –19–02OCT00–1/3
7. Add oil at hydraulic reservoir fill cap (B). The

approximate oil capacity of the hydraulic oil filter is 1.5
L (1.6 qt). (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
8. Start engine and run for two minutes to filter.
–UN–12APR00
9. Stop engine. Check hydraulic reservoir oil level.
10. Check for leaks around the filter base. Tighten filter
only enough to stop leaks.
T130043B
B—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap
80-12 121500
PN=149
11. Oil level must be seen in sight tube (C). Use blue
scale (D) when machine hydraulic oil is not at
operating temperature. Use red scale (E) when
–UN–20OCT00
C—Sight Tube
D—Blue (Cold Oil) Scale
E—Red (Warm Oil) Scale
T134751C
–UN–20APR00
T130327
CED,OUO1079,140 –19–02OCT00–3/3
80-13 121500
PN=150
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and

Terminals
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
NEVER check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clamp

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
–UN–23AUG88
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
TS203
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
1. Remove battery box cover.
Continued on next page TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–1/3
80-14 121500
PN=151
IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries during

freezing weather, batteries must be
charged after water is added to prevent
batteries from freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.
–UN–10FEB89
2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled
water. DO NOT overfill.
T6996DB
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYS
remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and
replace it last.
3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.
A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube
C—Electrolyte Level Range
–UN–10FEB89
T6996DA
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–2/3
4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff

brush.
5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminal

base only.
–UN–21OCT88
6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.
A—Battery Terminal
B—Lubricating Grease
T6758AA
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–3/3
80-15 121500
PN=152
Replace Air Cleaner Elements
1. Remove canister cover.
2. Remove wing nut (B) and primary air filter (A).
–UN–30OCT00
3. Remove nut (D) and secondary air filter (C).
4. Clean air cleaner canister.
T130137C
5. Install new secondary air filter, making sure it is
centered in canister. Install nut.
6. Install new primary air filter. Install wing nut.
7. Install canister cover.
A—Primary Air Filter
–UN–11OCT00
B—Wing Nut
C—Secondary Air Filter
D—Nut
T130139C
CED,OUO1079,153 –19–30OCT00–1/1
Replace Air Cleaner Unloader Valve
IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged or hardened air

cleaner unloader valve will make
precleaner ineffective, causing very
short element life. Air cleaner unloader
–UN–11OCT00
valve should suck closed above 1/3
engine speed.
To remove air cleaner unloader valve, pry collar of
T130143C
unloader valve (A) from tube of air cleaner housing.
Install new unloader valve by stretching collar over flange 360D Shown
on tube of air cleaner housing. Be sure there are no gaps A—Unloader Valve
between valve collar and tube.
Valve should remain closed above 1/3 engine speed.
TX03679,000173F –19–07SEP00–1/1
85-1 121500
PN=153
Change Front Differential Oil

unexpected machine movement. Install machine
frame locking bar.

PARK position "P".
TX03679,0001740 –19–02OCT00–1/5

on the front side.
5. For 1200 or 1400 front axles only, lower the engine

frame bottom guard (A).
–UN–12APR00
T130036B
1200 and 1400 Axles Shown
85-2 121500
PN=154
6. Remove front axle drain plug (B).
7. Drain oil into a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
8. Install front axle drain plug.
–UN–19APR00
B—Front Axle Drain Plug
T130366B
Optional 1400 Axle Shown
TX03679,0001740 –19–02OCT00–3/5
IMPORTANT: When operating in steep conditions,

add an additional 5.7 L (6 qt) of oil to
front axle. Do not remove check plug
before filling 1200 or 1400 front axle.
9. On 1200 and 1400 front axles, remove one axle check
–UN–19APR00
plug (C).
On SWEDA front axles, remove the dipstick (A) from

the right side of the axle housing.
T130367B
A—Dipstick Optional 1400 Axle Shown
C—Check Plug
–UN–26APR00
T130598B
Optional SWEDA Axle Shown

85-3 121500
PN=155
IMPORTANT: If breather hose tie strap is removed for

filling, it must be replaced. Hose must
be secured in its original position
during machine operation.
NOTE: Allow time for oil level to equalize inside the
–UN–02OCT00
differential when filling. Oil level readings at the
check plug hole (1200 and 1400 axles) or dipstick
port (SWEDA axles) will be accurate 5—10
minutes after filling.
T134167C
10. On 1200 and 1400 axles, add oil through the front
axle breather hose (D) until oil flows from the check
plug hole. D—Front Axle Breather Hose
On SWEDA axles, add oil through the dipstick port

until the dipstick indicates correct oil level.
1200 Series—Specification
Front Axle 360D and 460D Oil—
Capacity ........................................................ 17.9 L (18.9 qt) Approximate
Front Axle 460D Grapple
(optional), 560D Grapple I Oil—
Capacity ........................................................... 31.2 L (33 qt) Approximate
SWEDA—Specification
Front Axle 460D Cable (optional),
460D Grapple I (optional), 560D
Grapple (optional) Oil—Capacity........................ 32 L (34 qt) Approximate
Repeat as necessary.
11. Install check plug or dipstick.
12. Install engine frame bottom guard, if lowered.
TX03679,0001740 –19–02OCT00–5/5
85-4 121500
PN=156
Change Rear Differential Oil

frame locking bar.

PARK position "P".
TX03679,0001700 –19–31AUG00–1/2
5. Remove check plugs (B).
6. Remove rear axle drain plug (A).
7. Drain oil into a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
–UN–22JAN98
8. Install rear axle drain plug.
9. Fill differential through check plug hole until oil flows

out check plug hole.
T112938
Rear Axle 360D Cable, 360D Access Panel Shown Removed
Grapple, 460D Cable Oil—
Capacity ........................................................... 24.6 L (26 qt) Approximate
Rear Axle 460D Grapple, 560D
Grapple Oil—Capacity ........................................ 48 L (51 qt) Approximate
SWEDA—Specification
–UN–27APR00
Rear Axle 460D Cable (optional),

460D Grapple (optional), 560D
Grapple (optional) Oil—Capacity........................ 50 L (53 qt) Approximate
T130650B
10. Wait 5—10 minutes to allow oil level to stabilize.
11. Repeat steps 9 and 10 as necessary. Optional 1400 Axle Shown
12. Install check plugs. A—Rear Axle Drain Plug

B—Check Plug (2 used)
TX03679,0001700 –19–31AUG00–2/2
85-5 121500
PN=157
Replace Transmission Breather Filter
1. Remove hydraulic control valve cover.
2. Replace breather filter (A). Be sure directional arrow is

pointing toward reservoir.
–UN–05APR00
A—Transmission Breather Filter
T129684B
Dual Function Shown
CED,OUO1079,80 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Change Winch Oil—If Equipped

frame locking bar.

PARK position "P".
85-6 121500
PN=158
NOTE: Remove guards from rear frame near pivot if

necessary to reach the winch drain hose (A).
Hose is mounted to lower left corner of front of
winch.
5. Route winch drain hose outside of frame.
–UN–12APR00
6. Remove cap (B) and drain oil into a container. Dispose
of waste oil properly.
T130144B
A—Winch Drain Hose
B—Cap
Left Side Shown
CED,OUO1079,81 –19–29MAR00–2/3
7. Remove fill plug (C) to speed draining of oil.
8. Install cap.
9. Add oil through fill plug hole. (See Fuels and

Lubricants chapter.) Oil level should be to bottom of oil
–UN–26APR00
fill plug hole.
Specification
Winch Oil—4000 Series—
T130145B
Capacity ........................................................ 35.2 L (9.3 gal) Approximate
Winch Oil—6000 Series—
Capacity ......................................................... 45.5 L (12 gal) Approximate
4000 Winch
10. Install fill plug.
11. Check oil level. Add oil if necessary.
C—Fill Plug
–UN–12APR00
T130146
6000 Winch
CED,OUO1079,81 –19–29MAR00–3/3
85-7 121500
PN=159
Lubricate Grapple Rotate Bearing—If

Equipped
Lubricate fitting with 10 shots of grease.
–UN–03FEB95
T8412AM
CED,OUO1079,82 –19–29MAR00–1/1
Replace Differential Lock Inlet Filter
1. Tilt the cab to gain access to hydraulic fittings. (See

Hydraulic Cab Tilt Procedure in Maintenance chapter.)
2. Replace the differential lock inlet filter (A).
–UN–12APR00
A—Differential Lock Inlet Filter
T130147B
CED,OUO1079,155 –19–11APR00–1/1
Change Transmission Oil, Replace Filter, and

Clean Suction Screen

frame locking bar.

PARK position "P".
5. Remove left engine side shield.
85-8 121500
PN=160
6. Remove cap screws and right side frame access panel

(A).
A—Right Side Frame Access Panel
–UN–17JUL97
T110278B
CED,OUO1079,83 –19–29MAR00–2/6
7. Route transmission drain hose (B) through hole in

bottom of frame and remove plug (C).
8. Open drain valve (D) and drain oil into a container.

Dispose of waste oil properly.
–UN–05APR00
9. Close drain valve and install plug on transmission drain
hose.
T129921B
B—Transmission Drain Hose
C—Plug
D—Drain Valve
–UN–05APR00
T129922B
CED,OUO1079,83 –19–29MAR00–3/6
10. Replace transmission filter (E). (See Replace

Transmission Filter in Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
chapter.)
E—Transmission Filter
–UN–05APR00
T129923B
85-9 121500
PN=161
11. Remove left side frame access panel (A).
12. Tilt the cab. (See Hydraulic Cab Tilt Procedure in

Maintenance.)
13. Remove suction screen from inside transmission
–UN–27APR00
pump intake tube lower fitting (B). Remove cap
screws (C) and loosen or remove transmission pump
intake tube upper fitting (D) to permit access to
suction screen.
T110278C
14. Remove and clean suction screen. Replace suction
screen if damaged. Left Side Shown
IMPORTANT: Suction screen must be inserted into

transmission case "step" to be held in
place before cover is installed. This will
prevent possible damage to screen if
cover is installed and screen is not
–UN–27APR00
aligned properly.
15. Install suction screen. Install transmission pump

intake tube fittings and cap screws.
T130602B
A—Left Side Frame Access Panel
B—Transmission Pump Intake Tube Lower Fitting
C—Cap Screw (2 used)
D—Transmission Pump Intake Tube Upper Fitting
–UN–27APR00
T130603B
85-10 121500
PN=162
NOTE: The winch, if equipped, should be drained and

filled with oil before filling the transmission with oil.
(See the Change Winch Oil procedure in this
chapter.)
16. Put transmission fill tube (G) in hook (H) and fill
–UN–05APR00
transmission with oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter.)
Specification
T129374D
Transmission Oil—Capacity ....................... 29.3 L (7.75 gal) Approximate
17. Place winch control lever, if equipped, in FREE

SPOOL position.
18. Start engine and check for leaks. If none are found,
continue to run engine for five minutes at slow idle
engine speed.
–UN–20APR00
20. Route transmission drain hose inside frame. Replace

right side and left side frame access panels.
T129929
21. Wait an additional five minutes and pull dipstick (I),
wipe it clean and reinsert fully into dipstick tube. Oil
G—Transmission Fill Tube
level should be within operating range (J) on the
H—Hook
dipstick. Add oil if necessary. I—Dipstick
J—Operating Range
CED,OUO1079,83 –19–29MAR00–6/6
85-11 121500
PN=163
Inspect Engine Torsional Damper
IMPORTANT: Do not immerse the torsional damper in

cleaning solvent or any petroleum
product. Rubber portion of damper may
be damaged.
–UN–23NOV97
Never apply thrust on outer ring.
Damper is sensitive to impact damage,
such as being dropped or struck with a
RG7507
hammer.
The damper assembly is not repairable. Engine Shown Removed for Clarity of Photo
Replace damper every five years or
4500 hours, whichever occurs first.
Also, replace damper whenever
crankshaft is replaced or after major
engine overhaul.
1. Grasp outer ring of damper and attempt to turn it in

both directions. If rotation is felt, damper is defective
and should be replaced. Also, if rubber is separated,
partially missing, or displaced, replace damper.
CED,OUO1079,172 –19–13APR00–1/2
2. Check torsional damper radial runout by positioning a

dial indicator so probe contacts damper OD.
3. With engine at operating temperature, rotate crankshaft

using engine rotation tool.
–UN–23NOV97
4. Note dial indicator reading. If runout exceeds

specifications given below, replace torsional damper.
Specification
RG7508
Engine Torsional Damper—Radial

Runout ........................................................................ 1.50 mm (0.060 in.)
CED,OUO1079,172 –19–13APR00–2/2
85-12 121500
PN=164
Change Hydraulic Oil
1. Park machine on level surface. Lower blade to ground.
• On single function grapple machine, close tongs and

lower grapple head to ground with arch.
• On dual function grapple machine, close tongs, fully
extend boom cylinders, and lower grapple head to
ground with arch.
2. Stop engine.
3. Remove hydraulic reservoir filler cap.
TX03679,0001701 –19–20OCT00–1/7
4. Lower engine frame bottom guard (A).
–UN–12APR00
T130036B
TX03679,0001701 –19–20OCT00–2/7
NOTE: On machines 360D Cable and 360D Grapple, the

approximate capacity of hydraulic reservoir is 30.3
L (8 gal). On machines 460D Cable, 460D
Grapple and 560D , the approximate capacity of
hydraulic reservoir is 41.6 L (11 gal). –UN–18APR00
5. Route drain hose (B) outside of engine frame.
6. Remove plug (C) from drain hose. Loosen hose clamp

as necessary.
T130155B
B—Drain Hose
C—Plug
85-13 121500
PN=165
7. Open drain valve (D) with a 1/4 in. hex key and drain
oil into container. Dispose of waste properly.
8. Close drain valve and install drain plug. Route drain

hose inside engine frame after use. Install engine
frame bottom guard.
–UN–18APR00
D—Drain Valve
T130156B
TX03679,0001701 –19–20OCT00–4/7
9. Replace hydraulic oil filter (E). (See Replace Hydraulic

Filter in Maintenance—Every 500 Hours.)
E—Hydraulic Oil Filter
–UN–02OCT00
T134167D
TX03679,0001701 –19–20OCT00–5/7
10. Add oil at fill cap (F). (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter.)
Specification
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—360D—
Capacity ........................................................... 30.3 L (8 gal) Approximate
–UN–18APR00
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—460D,
560D—Capacity............................................. 41.6 L (11 gal) Approximate
F—Fill Cap
T130043C
85-14 121500
PN=166
11. Oil level must be seen in sight tube (G). Use blue
scale (H) when machine hydraulic oil is not at
operating temperature. Use red scale (I) when
12. Start engine. Check for leaks around the filter base.
–UN–20OCT00
Tighten filter only enough to stop leaks.
T134751D
14. Start engine and run for two minutes to refill filter.
G—Sight Tube
H—Blue (Cold Oil) Scale
I—Red (Warm Oil) Scale
–UN–20APR00
T130301
TX03679,0001701 –19–20OCT00–7/7
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter
1. Open left engine side shields.
2. Replace breather filter (A). Be sure directional arrow

points toward reservoir.
–UN–02OCT00
A—Breather Filter
T134167E
TX03679,0001741 –19–07SEP00–1/1
85-15 121500
PN=167
Check Engine Idle Speeds
1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Press the monitor select button on the monitor panel

and check engine speed at slow idle and fast idle.
Specification
Engine—Slow Idle—Speed .................................................. 950 ± 25 rpm
Engine—Fast Idle—Speed ................................................. 2400 ± 25 rpm
3. If engine speeds need adjustment, adjust engine speed

control linkage. (See Adjust Engine Speed Control
Linkage in this chapter.)
If engine speed cannot be adjusted to specification,

see your authorized dealer.
CED,OUO1079,173 –19–13APR00–1/1
85-16 121500
PN=168
85-17 121500
PN=169
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage—360D and 460D
–19–14MAY98
T114927
85-18 121500
PN=170
A—Cap Screw (2 used)—460D G—Cap Screw (2 used) L—Cap Screw Q—Nut

B—Bracket—460D H—Clamp M—Chain R—Flange Nut
C—Strap I—Cap Screw N—Nut S—Cap Screw (2 used)—360D
D—Clamp J—Pedal O—Push/Pull Cable T—Bracket—460D
E—Seal K—Cap Screw (2 used) P—Ball Joint U—Clamp
F—Hand Speed Control Cable
1. If equipped with engine speed control knob, 5. Fully depress accelerator pedal. Loosen nut and
depress button on engine hand speed control knob adjust pedal stop cap screw (I) to obtain the
and push knob all the way in. specified lever override in fast idle position.
2. If equipped with engine speed control knob, loosen Specification

hand speed control cable retainer cap screw (K). Fast Idle Injection Pump Lever
Override—Distance..................................... 2—4 mm (0.08—0.16 in.)
3. With accelerator pedal at slow idle, loosen cable

6. With accelerator pedal at slow idle, tighten cable
clamp (D).
retainer cap screw (K).
4. Move cable clamp on support plate (T) for 360D or
7. Check engine speeds. If further adjustment is
(B) for 460D to obtain the specified lever override in
required, see your authorized dealer.
slow idle position. Tighten cable clamp.
Specification
Slow Idle Injection Pump Lever
Override—Distance..................................... 2—4 mm (0.08—0.16 in.)
TX03679,0001702 –19–31AUG00–2/2
85-19 121500
PN=171
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage—560D
–19–15MAY98
T115369
Continued on next page TX03679,000171E –19–31AUG00–1/2
85-20 121500
PN=172
A—Cable Retainer Cap Screw F—Seal K—Lock Nut P—Clamp

B—Clamp G—Nut L—Cap Screw Q—Cap Screw
C—Cap Screw (2 used) H—Ball Joint M—Clamp R—Push/Pull Cable
D—Hand Speed Control Cable I—Plate N—Flange Nut S—Cable Retainer
E—Pedal Stop Screw J—Washer O—Clamp
1. If equipped with engine speed control knob, 5. Turn ball joint (H) counterclockwise one turn to
depress button on engine hand speed control knob lengthen cable. Assemble ball joint to lever and
and push knob all the way in. tighten nuts.
2. If equipped with engine speed control knob, loosen 6. Loosen nut and turn pedal stop cap screw (E)
hand speed control cable retainer cap screw (A). clockwise 3 or 4 turns. Fully depress accelerator
pedal. Adjust pedal stop cap screw (E) to contact
3. Disconnect ball joint (H) from fuel injection pump accelerator pedal. Tighten lock nut.
lever.
7. With accelerator pedal at slow idle, tighten cable
4. Loosen cable clamp (P). With accelerator pedal at retainer cap screw (A).
slow idle, move cable and clamp on support plate
(I) to align ball joint stud with hole in lever. Tighten 8. Check engine speeds. If further adjustment is
cable clamp. required, see your authorized dealer.
TX03679,000171E –19–31AUG00–2/2
85-21 121500
PN=173
Check and Adjust Valve Lash—360D and

460D
CAUTION: To prevent accidental starting of

engine while performing valve adjustments,
always disconnect NEGATIVE (—) battery
–UN–06AUG96
terminal.
IMPORTANT: Valve clearance MUST BE checked and

adjusted with engine COLD.
RG7408
1. Remove rocker arm cover and crankcase ventilator
tube. A—Timing/Rotation Hole
B—Timing Pin Hole
IMPORTANT: Visually inspect contact surfaces of
valve tips and rocker arm wear pads.
Check all parts for excessive wear,
breakage, or cracks. Replace parts that
show visible damage.
Rocker arms that exhibit excessive

valve clearance should be inspected
more thoroughly to identify damaged
parts.
2. Remove plastic plugs or cover plate from engine

timing/rotation hole (A) and timing pin hole (B).
NOTE: Some engines are equipped with flywheel

housings which do not allow use of an engine
flywheel rotation tool. These engines may be
rotated from front nose of engine, using JDG966
Crankshaft Front/Rear Rotation Adapter.
3. Using JDE83 or JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool, rotate

engine flywheel in running direction (clockwise viewed
from front) until No. 1 cylinder is at TDC compression
stroke. Insert JDE81-4 Timing Pin in flywheel.
If No.1 cylinder rocker arms are loose, the engine is at

No. 1 TDC compression.
If No. 1 cylinder rocker arms are not loose, rotate

engine one full revolution (360°) to No. 1 TDC
compression.
85-22 121500
PN=174
4. With engine lock-pinned at TDC of No. 1 piston’s

compression stroke, check valve clearance to following
specifications.
Specification
360D and 460D Intake Valve
(Rocker Arm-to-Valve Tip With
Engine Cold) Checking—
Clearance .......................................................................... 0.31—0.38 mm
(0.012—0.015 in.)
360D and 460D Exhaust Valve
Engine Cold) Checking—
Clearance .......................................................................... 0.41—0.48 mm
(0.016—0.019 in.)
TX03679,0001703 –19–31AUG00–2/4
5. If valves need adjusting, use the following valve

clearance adjustment procedure and adjust to
specifications below. Loosen the jam nut (A) on rocker
arm adjusting screw. Turn adjusting screw until feeler
gauge slips with a slight drag. Hold the adjusting screw
from turning with screwdriver and tighten jam nut to
–UN–06AUG96
specifications. Recheck clearance again after
tightening jam nut. Readjust clearance as necessary.
Specification
RG7409
360D and 460D Intake Valve
Engine Cold) Adjustment—
Clearance ................................................................... 0.36 mm (0.014 in.)
360D and 460D Exhaust Valve A—Adjusting Screw Jam Nut
Engine Cold) Adjustment—
Clearance ................................................................... 0.46 mm (0.018-in.)
360D and 460D Rocker Arm
Adjusting Screw Jam Nut—
Torque ............................................................................. 27 N•m (20 lb-ft)
85-23 121500
PN=175
6.
NOTE: Firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4.
Lock No. 1 piston at TDC compression stroke (B).
–UN–31OCT97
7. Adjust valve clearance on No. 1, 3 and 5 exhaust
valves and No. 1, 2, and 4 intake valves.
8. Turn crankshaft 360°. Lock No. 6 piston at TDC
RG4777
compression stroke (C).
9. Adjust valve clearance on No. 2, 4 and 6 exhaust

A—Front of Engine
valves and No. 3, 5, and 6 intake valves.
B—No. 1 Piston TDC Compression
C—No. 6 Piston TDC Compression
10. Replace rocker arm cover and crankcase ventilator E—Exhaust Valve
tube. I—Intake Valve
TX03679,0001703 –19–31AUG00–4/4
Check and Adjust Valve Lash—560D
CAUTION: To prevent accidental starting of

engine while performing valve adjustments,
always disconnect NEGATIVE (—) battery
terminal.
IMPORTANT: Valve clearance MUST BE checked and

adjusted with engine COLD.
1. Remove rocker arm cover with ventilator tube.
IMPORTANT: Visually inspect contact surfaces of

valve tips and rocker arm wear pads.
Check all parts for excessive wear,
breakage, or cracks. Replace parts that
show visible damage.
Rocker arms that exhibit excessive

valve clearance should be inspected
more thoroughly to identify damaged
parts.
Continued on next page TX03679,000171F –19–31AUG00–1/4
85-24 121500
PN=176
2. Remove plastic plug from cylinder block bores and

install JDE81-1 or JDG820 Flywheel Turning Tool (A)
and JDE81-4 Timing Pin (B).
3. Rotate engine with the flywheel turning tool until timing

pin engages timing hole in flywheel.
–UN–26NOV97
If the rocker arms for No. 1 (front) cylinder are loose,
the engine is at No. 1 “TDC-Compression.”
RG7013
If the rocker arms for No. 6 (rear) cylinder are loose,
the engine is at No. 6 “TDC-Compression.” Rotate the
engine one full revolution (360°) to No. 1
“TDC-Compression.” A—Flywheel Turning Tool
B—Timing Pin
85-25 121500
PN=177
4. With engine lock-pinned at “TDC” of No. 1 piston’s

compression stroke, check valve clearance on Nos. 1,
3, and 5 exhaust valves and Nos. 1, 2, and 4 intake
valves.
Specification
–UN–06DEC88
560D Intake Valve (Rocker
Arm-to-Valve Tip With Engine
Cold) Checking—Clearance .............................................. 0.41—0.51 mm
(0.016—0.020 in.)
560D Exhaust Valve (Rocker
RG5241
Cold) Checking—Clearance .............................................. 0.66—0.76 mm
(0.026—0.030 in.)
5. Rotate flywheel 360° until No. 6 piston is at “TDC” of

its compression stroke. Rocker arms for No. 6 piston
should be loose.
6. Check valve clearance to the same specifications on

Nos. 2, 4, and 6 exhaust and Nos. 3, 5, and 6 intake
valves.
–19–21AUG91
NOTE: Adjust valve clearance in the same sequence
used for checking clearance.
7. If valve clearance needs to be adjusted, loosen the
RG4295
lock nut on rocker arm adjusting screw. Turn adjusting
screw until feeler gauge slips with a slight drag. Hold
the adjusting screw from turning with screwdriver and
tighten lock nut to specifications.
Specification
560D Valve Adjusting Screw Lock
Nut—Torque .................................................................... 27 N•m (20 lb-ft)
Recheck clearance again after tightening lock nut and

compare to the following specifications. Readjust
clearance as necessary.
Specification
560D Intake Valve (Rocker
Cold) Adjustment—Clearance .................................... 0.46 mm (0.018-in.)
560D Exhaust Valve (Rocker
Cold) Adjustment—Clearance .................................... 0.71 mm (0.028-in.)
8. Install rocker arm cover and tighten cap screws to

specifications.
85-26 121500
PN=178
Specification
560D Rocker Arm
Cover-to-Cylinder Head Cap
Screws—Torque .................................................. 8 N•m (6 lb-ft) (72 lb-in.)
TX03679,000171F –19–31AUG00–4/4
85-27 121500
PN=179
Maintenance
Replace Engine Torsional Damper
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use a jaw-type puller to remove

torsional damper. Damage could result
to the damper. Never apply thrust on
outer ring of damper. Do not drop or
–UN–26NOV97
hammer on damper.
IMPORTANT: See your dealer for correct tools.
RG6751
1. Remove pulley from damper, if equipped (shown
removed).
2. Remove cap screw (A) and washer securing damper to A—Cap Screw
crankshaft. B—JDG787 Thread Protector
3. Install JDG787 Thread Protector (B) in nose of

crankshaft.
CAUTION: Plan a safe handling procedure to

avoid personal injury or damage to damper.
4. Remove damper from crankshaft using JDG721 Hub

Puller (A).
NOTE: D01207AA (OTC518) Puller Set (not shown) may

also be used to remove damper.
5. Install damper.
6. Install thread protector, washer and cap screw.
7. Install pulley.
TX,87,RB205 –19–08MAY00–1/1
90-1 121500
PN=180
Maintenance
Clean Cab Recirculating Air Filter
NOTE: The cab recirculating air filter is located behind

the seat.
1. Remove filter cover (A).
–UN–20APR00
2. Remove cab recirculating air filter (B).
T130448B
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2 bar) (30 psi) when using for cleaning
purposes. Clear area of bystanders, guard
against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment, including eye protection.
3. Clean cab recirculating air filter in any of these ways:
• Tap it on a flat surface with the dirty side down.
–UN–20APR00
• Use compressed air opposite to the normal air flow.
• Wash it in warm, soapy water. Rinse it and let it dry
before using the air conditioner.
T130449B
4. Install cab recirculating air filter and filter cover.
A—Filter Cover Filter Shown Removed

B—Cab Recirculating Air Filter
CED,OUO1079,303 –19–05MAY00–1/1
90-2 121500
PN=181
Maintenance
Drain Final Fuel Filter—360D and 460D
1. Open right side shield to access final fuel filter.

engine frame.
–UN–30OCT00
3. Loosen drain screw (A). Drain fuel/water for several
T130013H
seconds until water is removed from filter.
4. Tighten drain screw. 360D Shown
5. Dispose of waste properly.
A—Drain Screw
–UN–30OCT00
T134088G
460D Shown
TX03679,0001704 –19–31AUG00–1/1
Clean Crankcase Vent Tube
Clean crankcase vent tube (A) when measuring and

adjusting engine valve clearance.
NOTE: Clean crankcase vent tube at shorter intervals if
–UN–26APR00
operating machine in dusty conditions.
A—Crankcase Vent Tube
T130013D
CED,OUO1079,175 –19–13APR00–1/1
90-3 121500
PN=182
Maintenance
Add Coolant Conditioner to Radiator

spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator cap
unless the engine is cool. Turn cap slowly to
–UN–23AUG88
before removing cap.
TS281
–19–14MAY96
T101279
90-4 121500
PN=183
Maintenance
1. Turn radiator cap (A) slowly to the stop to release

pressure. Remove radiator cap.
NOTE: A coolant strip test, available from your dealer,

provides a simple, effective way to check freeze
point and molybdate/nitrite levels. These results
–UN–12APR00
can be compared to the SCA chart to determine
the amount of coolant conditioner in your system.
2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner or
T130074B
equivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor,
following instructions on container. Drain enough
coolant from the radiator to allow room for the
A—Radiator Cap
conditioner.
NOTE: Add conditioner every 12 months or if you replace

1/3 or more of coolant.
John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner does not

protect against freezing.
DO NOT add John Deere liquid coolant

conditioner to a cooling system already equipped
with an operational filter conditioner system. Too
much conditioner in a cooling system may cause
silicate-dropout. When this happens, a gel-type
deposit is created which can restrict coolant
passages in the radiator and engine, resulting in
engine overheating.
CED,OUO1079,176 –19–13APR00–2/2
90-5 121500
PN=184
Maintenance
Check Receiver-Dryer Moisture Indicator—If

Equipped
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible compressor damage. If

receiver-dryer sight glass color
indicates WET (pink), dryer is saturated
–UN–06OCT00
and should be changed within the next
100 machine hours to prevent further
buildup of moisture in the refrigerant.
T129565E
1. Loosen knobs to open access door.
2. Check moisture sight glass (A), to see if color indicates

A—Moisture Sight Glass
dryer is serviceable (blue) or discard (pink). B—Air Bubble Sight Glass
3. If discard (pink), see your authorized dealer within the

next 100 machine hours to service the receiver-dryer.
CED,OUO1079,177 –19–05OCT00–1/1
90-6 121500
PN=185
Maintenance
Clean Fresh Air (Air Conditioning) Filter
2. Unhook latches (A) and remove air filter cover (B).
–UN–06OCT00
3. Remove air filter (C).
Replace air filter if damaged. Go to step 5.
T129683C
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2 bar) (30 psi) when using for cleaning
purposes. Clear area of bystanders, guard
against flying chips, and wear personal
4. Clean filter in one of these ways:
–UN–06OCT00
• Tap it on a flat surface with the dirty side down.
• Use compressed air opposite to the normal air flow.
• Wash it in warm, soapy water. Rinse it and let it dry
before using the air conditioner.
T129682C
5. Install filter, replace filter cover, hook latches, and
close rear cover.
A—Latch (2 used)
NOTE: In extremely dusty or dirty conditions, filter should B—Air Filter Cover
be cleaned daily. C—Air Filter
CED,OUO1079,84 –19–05OCT00–1/1
Check Engine Air Cleaner
When the engine air cleaner restriction indicator (A)

comes on, the service required light will stay on. Stop
engine, and clean or replace air filter elements. Inspect
and tighten all hose clamps. (To change elements, see
–UN–30MAR00
Replace Air Cleaner Elements in Maintenance—Every

1000 Hours.)
T129538G
A—Engine Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator
CED,OUO1079,85 –19–29MAR00–1/1
90-7 121500
PN=186
Maintenance
Hydraulic Cab Tilt Procedure
CAUTION: Prevent unexpected machine

movement and possible injury. Install frame
locking pin before you work in frame pivot area.
–UN–12JUN00
IMPORTANT: Clear cab area of all loose objects
before tilting cab.
T131554B
1. Park machine on level ground, turn battery disconnect
switch OFF, and move shift lever to PARK position “P”.
2. Install frame locking bar. A—Cab Tether Cable
NOTE: Cab tether cable (A) MUST be attached and in

good condition.
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–1/13
3. Remove left engine side shields (B). Turn shield latch

(C) to remove first shield, and remove cap screws (D)
to remove other shields.
B—Engine Side Shields
–UN–11OCT00
C—Shield Latch
D—Cap Screw (5 used)
T129707F
–UN–11OCT00
T129708E
Continued on next page TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–2/13
90-8 121500
PN=187
Maintenance
4. Remove pin locking cap screws (E) on left side of cab.
E—Pin Locking Cap Screw (2 used)
–UN–03APR00
T129547B
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–3/13
5. Remove upper mounting hardware (F) from limb risers.
F—Upper Mounting Hardware
–UN–26OCT00
T129562C
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–4/13
6. Remove cab tilt pump handle (G) from inside the cab.
G—Cab Tilt Pump Handle
–UN–03APR00
T129847B
90-9 121500
PN=188
Maintenance
7. Install pump handle on cab tilt hydraulic hand pump

(H) and turn valve lever (I) clockwise to the RAISE
position.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to cab doors.

Damage to cab doors may result if the
–UN–03APR00
doors are open when tilting the cab.
Close the cab doors when tilting the
cab.
T129848B
8. Securely close both cab doors.
NOTE: If pump operation is slow and spongy, air may be

H—Cab Tilt Hydraulic Hand Pump
present in system.
I—Valve Lever
9. Operate hand pump using full strokes.
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–6/13
10. When weight of cab is removed from left front pin,

remove pin (J) and continue pumping.
11. When weight of cab is removed from left rear pin,

remove pin (K) and continue pumping until cab tether
cable is taut. Do not over-pump.
–UN–03APR00
J—Left Front Pin
K—Left Rear Pin
T129547C
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–7/13
12. Move valve lever (I) to LOWER position.
13. Operate hand pump using full strokes.
I—Valve Lever
–UN–24APR00
T129849B
90-10 121500
PN=189
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Put the cab tether cable outside of cab

frame to prevent the cable from
becoming pinched or crimped.
14. Watch the cab tether cable (A) while lowering the cab
to prevent the cable from becoming pinched or
–UN–12JUN00
crimped between access panels on cab and frame.
A—Cab Tether Cable
T131554B
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–9/13
15. Install left rear pin (K) securely when mounting holes
align.
16. Install left front pin (J) securely when mounting holes
align.
–UN–03APR00
17. Continue pumping the cab down until its weight rests
firmly on the pins. Do not over-pump.
T129547C
J—Left Front Pin
K—Left Rear Pin
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–10/13
18. Remove cab tilt pump handle (G) from the

hand-operated pump and install the handle in the cab.
G—Cab Tilt Pump Handle

–UN–03APR00
T129847B
90-11 121500
PN=190
Maintenance
19. Install pin locking cap screws (E) and upper limb riser
mounting hardware (F) securely.
E—Pin Locking Cap Screw (2 used)

F—Limb Riser Upper Mounting Hardware
–UN–03APR00
T129547B
–UN–26OCT00
T129562C
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–12/13
20. Install engine side shields (B). Install cap screws (D)
for two rear shields, and turn shield latch (C) for front
shield.
B—Engine Side Shields
–UN–11OCT00
C—Shield Latch
D—Cap Screw (5 used)
T129707F
–UN–11OCT00
T129708E
TX03679,000177D –19–26OCT00–13/13
90-12 121500
PN=191
Maintenance
Servicing the Cooling System

unless engine is cool. Turn the cap slowly to
–UN–23AUG88
Drain and fill the cooling system every two years or 2000
hours of operation.
TS281
–19–14MAY96
T101279
CED,OUO1079,178 –19–13APR00–1/1
Draining the Cooling System
1. Remove two cap screws (A) and open front grille.
–UN–07APR00
T129969B
CED,OUO1079,109 –19–05APR00–1/3
NOTE: Approximate capacity of cooling system is 28.4 L

(30 qt).
2. Route drain hose (B) outside frame. Turn radiator

draincock (C) counterclockwise to open. Drain coolant
into a container. Dispose of used coolant properly.
–UN–18APR00
B—Drain Hose
C—Radiator Draincock
T130274B
90-13 121500
PN=192
Maintenance
3. Connect hose to engine block coolant draincock (D) on

left side of engine. Turn draincock counterclockwise to
open. Drain coolant into a container. Dispose of used
coolant properly.
D—Engine Block Coolant Draincock
–UN–18APR00
T130275B
CED,OUO1079,109 –19–05APR00–3/3
90-14 121500
PN=193
Maintenance
Checking Coolant System
1. Check coolant hoses (A) for cracks and leaks. Replace

as necessary.
2. Tighten hose clamps (B).
–UN–18APR00
3. Clean condenser fins (C), radiator fins (D), and oil
cooler fins (E) with compressed air.
T130331B
A—Coolant Hose (2 used)
B—Hose Clamp (4 used)
C—Condenser Fins
D—Radiator Fins
E—Oil Cooler Fins
–UN–18APR00
T130332B
–UN–18APR00
T130274C
CED,OUO1079,208 –19–17APR00–1/1
90-15 121500
PN=194
Maintenance
Diesel Engine Coolant
The engine cooling system is filled to provide protection at lower temperatures is required, consult
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder your dealer for recommendations.
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C
(-34°F). Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
The following engine coolant is preferred for service: water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
base engine coolant concentrate.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
The following engine coolant is also recommended: additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water. Coolant Drain Intervals
Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the cooling
heavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one of system, and refill with new coolant after the first 3
the following specifications: years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drain
intervals are determined by the coolant used for
• ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant) service. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush the
• ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60% cooling system, and refill with new coolant.
mixture of concentrate with quality water
When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain
Coolants meeting these specifications require use of interval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours of
supplemental coolant additives, formulated for operation, provided that the coolant is tested annually
heavy-duty diesel engines, for protection against AND additives are replenished, as needed, by adding
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. a supplemental coolant additive.
A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant in If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval is
water provides freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If reduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation.
DX,COOL3 –19–05FEB99–1/1
90-16 121500
PN=195
Maintenance
Filling the Cooling System

unless the engine is cool. Turn cap slowly to
the stop. Release all pressure before removing
–UN–23AUG88
cap.
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,

ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
TS281
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type

low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
–19–14MAY96
50-50 mixture for protection to 34°C (30°F). Adjust
mixture accordingly to provide freeze protection
for your machine.
T101279
FILLING
1. Remove radiator cap (A) and fill radiator to the bottom

of the fill neck.
Specification
Cooling System—Capacity .............................. 28.4 L (30 qt) Approximate
2. Fill the recovery tank to the FULL mark.
–UN–12APR00
DEAERATION
T130074B
NOTE: The level of the coolant in the cooling system
MUST BE repeatedly checked after all coolant
drain and refill procedures to ensure that all air is
out of the coolant system. The coolant level in the
A—Radiator Cap
recovery tank stabilizes when the coolant system
is fully deaerated. Check coolant level only when
the engine is cold.
The cooling system requires several warm-up and cool

down cycles to deaerate. It will NOT deaerate during
normal operation.
90-17 121500
PN=196
Maintenance
1. Start engine. Run engine until coolant reaches a warm

temperature.
2. Stop engine. Allow coolant to cool.
3. Check coolant level at recovery tank. If tank has

drained, refill it to the FULL mark.
4. Repeat steps 1—3 until recovery tank coolant level is

repeatedly at the same level (stabilized).
5. Install recovery tank and radiator caps.
CED,OUO1079,179 –19–14APR00–2/2
Testing the Coolant Level—Protection Level
See your authorized dealer for JT07298 SERVICEGARD

coolant and battery tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.
–UN–10NOV88
If you operate your machine in extremely cold
temperatures, see your authorized dealer for information
on arctic operation.
T85402
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,OUO1079,180 –19–14APR00–1/1
Do Not Service Injection Nozzles
IMPORTANT: Do not service or remove injection

nozzles. The service life of the injection
nozzles may be shortened by:
• Overheating
• Improper operation
• Poor quality fuel
• Excessive idling
If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,

the engine will not run normally. (See your authorized
dealer for service.)
TX,90,DH1583 –19–10DEC92–1/1
90-18 121500
PN=197
Maintenance
Do Not Adjust Injection Pump
IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold Do not attempt to service an injection pump that is not
water on an injection pump while the operating correctly. (See your authorized injection
engine is running, or while injection pump service center.)
pump is still warm. To do so may
cause seizure of pump.
Clean trash regularly from injection

pump.
TX,90,DH626 –19–09DEC93–1/1
Bleed Fuel System—360D
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
–UN–23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.
X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source.
–UN–19JAN98
Whenever the fuel system has been opened up for
service, it will be necessary to bleed air from the system.
1. Turn key switch to ON position.
T112694
2. Loosen primary fuel filter bleed screw (B). Operate
priming pump (C) until fuel flow is free of bubbles.
Tighten bleed screw. A—Final Fuel Filter Bleed Screw
B—Primary Fuel Filter Bleed Screw
C—Priming Pump
3. Loosen final fuel filter bleed screw (A). Operate priming
pump (C) until fuel flow is free of bubbles. Tighten
bleed screw.
90-19 121500
PN=198
Maintenance
4. Loosen fuel supply line (A). Operate priming pump until

fuel flows out of connection. Tighten connection.
5. Start engine. If engine will not start, it will be necessary

to purge air from injection lines.
–UN–18OCT88
A—Fuel Supply Line
T6564AD
360D Shown
TX03679,0001705 –19–31AUG00–2/3
6. To purge air from injection lines, loosen injection

nozzle connections using two wrenches.
7. Move speed control lever to slow idle and crank engine

(but do not start) until a small amount of fuel leaks
from injection lines.
–UN–01NOV88
8. Tighten injection line connections and start engine.
T92924
TX03679,0001705 –19–31AUG00–3/3
90-20 121500
PN=199
Maintenance
Bleed Fuel System—460D And 560D

–UN–23AUG88
fluids.
X9811
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source.
–UN–30OCT00
Whenever the fuel system has been opened up for
service, it will be necessary to bleed air from the system.
1. Check filter drain screw to be sure it is tight.
T134088G
2. Loosen bleed screw (B) (460D only) and then bleed
screw (A). 460D Shown
A—Bleed Screw
B—Bleed Screw
–UN–07SEP94
RG7072
560D Shown
90-21 121500
PN=200
Maintenance
3. For 460D, turn hand primer (A) counterclockwise until

released. Operate the hand primer until bubble-free
fuel flows from around the bleed screw.
For 560D, operate the hand primer until bubble-free

fuel flows from around the bleed screw.
–UN–27SEP00
4. Tighten bleed screw. Continue operating hand primer
until a slight pressure is felt. The pressure indicates
that fuel has filled the gallery in the injection pump.
T134101B
Tighten hand primer.
5. Start engine. If engine will not start, it may be 460D Shown

necessary to loosen the fuel line connections at the
injection nozzles to bleed air from system. With speed
control at slow idle, turn the engine with the starter (but
do not start engine) until fuel without air flows from the
loose fuel line connections.
6. Tighten all connections and start engine.
A—Hand Primer
–UN–07SEP94
RG7071
560D Shown
TX03679,0001720 –19–31AUG00–2/2
90-22 121500
PN=201
Maintenance
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator
When batteries are connected, follow these rules: 6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correct
polarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when you to negative [—]).
work on or near alternator or regulator.
7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine is
2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR OR running and alternator is charging.
REGULATOR.
8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect
3. Be sure alternator wires are correctly connected battery charger to the batteries.
BEFORE you connect batteries.
4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.
5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator or

regulator wires while batteries are connected or
while alternator is operating.
TX,90,RR,1143 –19–07JAN91–1/1
90-23 121500
PN=202
Maintenance
Handling Batteries Safely

–UN–23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
hydrometer.
TS204
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first
and replace it last.
CAUTION: Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is

poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat
holes in clothing, and cause blindness if
splashed into eyes.

added.

the acid.
–UN–23AUG88
TS203
not exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related

accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
CED,OUO1032,3214 –19–02MAY00–1/1
90-24 121500
PN=203
Maintenance
Service Batteries Carefully

–UN–23AUG88
hydrometer.
TS204
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first
and replace it last.

eyes.

added.

the acid.
–UN–23AUG88
TS203
If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following

mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.
90-25 121500
PN=204
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Electrolyte can damage paint and metal

surfaces of your machine. Do not
overfill the battery cells.
CED,OUO1002,513 –19–04MAR98–2/2
90-26 121500
PN=205
Maintenance
Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity

–UN–23AUG88
hydrometer.
TS204
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp

eyes.

added.

the acid.
–UN–23AUG88
TS203
Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery

cell.
90-27 121500
PN=206
Maintenance
See your dealer for JT07298 SERVICEGARD battery

and coolant tester. Follow directions included with the
tester.
A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific

gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,
–UN–10NOV88
charge the battery.
NOTE: In tropical areas, use 1.225 for the full charge

reading. In cold areas, use 1.280 for the
T85402
full-charge reading.
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company CED,OUO1079,184 –19–14APR00–2/2
Using Battery Charger

exploding battery. Do not charge a battery if the
battery is frozen or it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F). Disconnect battery
–UN–23AUG88
ground (—) clamp before you charge batteries
in the machine to prevent damage to electrical
components.
TS204
IMPORTANT: Do not use a battery charger as a
booster if a battery has a 1.150 specific
gravity reading or lower. Turn off
charger before connecting or
disconnecting it.
A battery charger may be used as a booster to start

engine.
TX,FF,121 –19–15MAR93–1/1
90-28 121500
PN=207
Maintenance
Replacing Batteries
Your machine is equipped with two 12-volt batteries. Use

batteries meeting or exceeding the following
specifications:
• 30BCI Group
• 1,850 cold cranking amps at -18°C (0°F)
• 360 minutes reserve capacity at 25 amps at 27°C
(80°F)
TX,90,RR,1925 –19–10DEC92–1/1
Welding on Machine
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn

battery disconnect switch OFF to
prevent voltage spikes through
alternator or monitor.
If machine is equipped with a controller

(microprocessor) like Engine Controller,
(EC) or Pump and Valve Controller
(PVC) disconnect harness connector
from controller to prevent voltage
spikes through microprocessor.
Connect welder ground clamp close to

each weld area so electrical current
does not arc inside any bearings.
TX,9015,RP1652 –19–01JUL93–1/1
90-29 121500
PN=208
Maintenance
90-30 121500
PN=209
Maintenance
Replacing Fuses
K12 K11
F32 PURGE HIGH SPEED F10

BLOWER RELAY BLOWER RELAY
F20 A/C DEFROST FUSE TRANS CONTROLLER F11
INPUT POWER FUSE
5A 10 A
F21 AIR SEAT FUSE TRANSMISSION OUTUT F13

POWER FUSE
K4 PARK 20 A 10 A K13
BRAKE HORN
DOME LIGHT FUSE MONITOR
RESET FUSE (SWITCHED) RELAY
F23 5A 5A F4
RELAY
SPARE FUSE SEC. STEERING FUSE
F22 10 A 10 A F9
PRECLEANER FUSE FUEL SHUT-OFF FUSE
F12 10 A 10 A F6
FRONT
PARK MONITOR BAT & VOLTAGE
ETHER AID FUSE
K5 INPUT & RADIO FUSE WORK
START (UNSWITCHED) - 5 A 10 A K7
LIGHTS
RELAY PARK BRAKE AND
STARTER & PARK RELAY
START FUSE REVERSE ALARM FUSE
F2 10 A 10 A F1
F5 RADIO FUSE HIGH SPEED BLOWER FUSE F16
TRANS. 5A 25 A REAR
AND FRONT DELUXE WORK PURGE SPEED WORK
K9 MONTOR LIGHTS CB BLOWER FUSE LIGHTS K8
15 A 35 A
RELAY RELAY
F31 DIFF LOCK & ROTATE FUSE TEMP CONTROL FUSE F17
7.5 A 5A
F3 HORN FUSE HEATER FUSE F15

10 A 20 A
WORK
F7 HEATER ACC. PLUG FUSE REAR DELUXE WORK
LIGHTS CB
LIGHTS FUSE F14
15 A 5A
BLOWER 15 A
RELAY
REAR WASHER/
ACC. CONN. FUSE
15 A
FRONT WASH/WIPER FUSE
10 A WIPER FUSE F30
K10 10 A
FRONT WORK LIGHTS CB REAR WORK LIGHTS CB

15 A 15 A F27
F28 F19
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY
RELAY #1 RELAY #2
F29 F8
F18 F25
K1 K2
–19–08MAY00
T130184
T124717
90-31 121500
PN=210
Maintenance
F1—10 Amp Park Brake and F11—10 Amp Transmission F20—20 Amp Air Seat Fuse—If F31—15 Amp Front Deluxe
Reverse Alarm Fuse Controller Output Power Equipped Lights Circuit Breaker—If
F2—10 Amp Starter and Park Fuse F21—5 Amp Dome Light Equipped
Start Fuse F12—5 Amp Monitor Battery Fuse—If Equipped F32—5 Amp A/C Defrost Fuse
F3—7.5 Amp Differential Lock and Voltage Input and F22—10 Amp Precleaner K1—Accessory Relay #1
and Grapple Rotate Fuse Radio Fuse (Unswitched) Fuse—If Equipped K2—Accessory Relay #2
F4—10 Amp Secondary F13—5 Amp Monitor Fuse F23—10 Amp Spare Fuse K4—Park Brake Reset Relay
Steering Fuse—If (Switched) F25—15 Amp Rear Work K5—Park Start Relay
Equipped F14—20 Amp Heater Fuse Lights Circuit Breaker K7—Front Work Lights Relay
F5—5 Amp Radio Fuse—If F15—5 Amp Temperature F27—10 Amp Rear Washer K8—Rear Work Lights Relay
Equipped Control Fuse and Wiper Fuse—If K9—Transmission and Monitor
F6—10 Amp Starting Aid F16—25 Amp High Speed Equipped Relay
Fuse—If Equipped Blower Fuse F28—15 Amp Accessory Plug K10—Heater Blower Relay
F7—10 Amp Horn Fuse F17—30 Amp Purge Blower Fuse K11—High Speed Blower
F8—10 Amp Front Washer and Fuse F29—15 Amp Accessory Relay
Wiper Fuse F18—15 Amp Front Work Connection Fuse K12—Purge Blower Relay
F9—10 Amp Fuel Shut-Off Lights Circuit Breaker F30—5 Amp Work Lights Fuse K13—Horn Relay
Fuse F19—15 Amp Rear Deluxe
F10—10 Amp Transmission Lights Circuit Breaker—If
Controller Input Power Equipped
Fuse
CED,OUO1079,99 –19–26SEP00–2/3
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage

rating to prevent electrical damage from
overload.
Remove cover (A) to access fuse panel.
–UN–03APR00
Fuse (Blade Type) Color Codes
Amperage Rating Color
1 Black
T129564B
3 Violet
4 Pink
5 Tan
7-1/2 Brown A—Fuse Panel Cover
10 Red
15 Light Blue
20 Yellow
25 Natural (White)
30 Light Green
35 Blue/Green
CED,OUO1079,99 –19–26SEP00–3/3
90-32 121500
PN=211
Maintenance
Changing Reverse Warning Alarm Volume
IMPORTANT: The reverse warning alarm is set on

LOW volume at the factory. It may be
necessary to adjust the volume to meet
local regulations.
–UN–08MAY00
1. Remove cap screws (A) and rear frame access panel
(B).
T130874B
2. Set the volume switch (D) on the reverse warning
alarm (C) to the desired position.
Remove the reverse warning alarm box from the

machine if necessary to reach the volume switch.

B—Rear Frame Access Panel
–UN–08MAY00
C—Reverse Warning Alarm
D—Volume Switch
T130875B
–UN–08MAY00
T130877
Removed from Machine for Clarity of Photo
CED,OUO1079,185 –19–14APR00–1/1
90-33 121500
PN=212
Maintenance
Checking Neutral Start System
1. Depress inching pedal and service brake pedal.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT operate machine if starter

cranks engine with transmission control
and park brake lever in FORWARD,
NEUTRAL, or REVERSE positions. (See
your authorized dealer for service of the
neutral start system.)
2. Move transmission control and park brake lever to 1ST

FORWARD position.
3. Turn key switch to START position. Starter should

NOT crank. If starter cranks engine, release key. DO
NOT OPERATE MACHINE.
4. Move transmission control and park brake lever to 1ST

REVERSE position.
5. Turn key switch to START position. Starter should

NOT crank. If starter cranks engine, release key. DO

NEUTRAL and turn key switch to START position.
Starter should NOT crank engine. Release key. DO

PARK position "P", and turn key switch to START
position. Starter should crank engine.
TX,90,RR,1392 –19–12MAY00–1/1
90-34 121500
PN=213
Maintenance
Servicing Air Conditioning System—If

Equipped
2. Check evaporator core for plugging.
–UN–06OCT00
3. Check air intake filters for plugging.
T129565E
4. Check blowers for proper operation.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from flying

chips if compressed air is more than 210 kPa A—Moisture Sight Glass
(2.1 bar) (30 psi). Reduce compressed air to B—Air Bubble Sight Glass
less than 210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using
for cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying chips, and wear personal
5. Check the condenser core to see that it is not plugged

with dirt or trash. Clean with compressed air less than
210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) or water when needed.
6. Run air conditioning system for several minutes.
7. Check sight glass (B) on the receiver-dryer. Bubbles

must not be present in sight glass. If bubbles are
present, see your authorized dealer for charging the air
conditioning system.
8. Check sight glass (A) to see if color indicates dryer is

dry (blue) or wet (pink). If wet (pink), see your
authorized dealer within the next 100 machine hours to
service the receiver-dryer.
CED,OUO1079,100 –19–05OCT00–1/1
90-35 121500
PN=214
Maintenance
Checking Park Brake

unexpected machine movement. Machine will
move if park brake is not operating properly.
–UN–06OCT00
(See your authorized dealer for service.)
T134388D
2. Start engine and move transmission control and park
brake lever (A) to 1ST FORWARD.
3. Drive machine at slow idle on level ground. A—Transmission Control and Park Brake Lever
B—Lever Sleeve
PARK position “P”. Lever sleeve (B) must drop into
position detent. Machine must stop abruptly and then
MUST NOT move. (See your authorized dealer if
machine does not stop and continues to move.)
CED,OUO1079,106 –19–06OCT00–1/1
External Service Brake Inspection

spraying oil. Slowly loosen plug to relieve any
air pressure.
Do first inspection at 5000 hours. Thereafter, inspect

every 1000 hours.
If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspect

more frequently.
Continued on next page TX,90,JC390 –19–07FEB95–1/2
90-36 121500
PN=215
Maintenance
1. Lower engine frame bottom guard.
2. Remove check plug (A).
3. Inspect the brake linings (C) on brake disk.
–UN–26APR00
4. Remove axle housing and replace brake disk if oil
grooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible.
5. If further inspection of brake elements or replacement
T130367C
of brake linings is necessary, see your authorized
dealer.
Front Axle Shown
A—Check Plug
B—Oil Grooves
C—Brake Linings
–UN–05FEB95
T8414AD
–UN–09FEB95
T8417AC
TX,90,JC390 –19–07FEB95–2/2
90-37 121500
PN=216
Maintenance
Winch BRAKE OFF Adjustment—If Equipped
2. Remove the yoke (C) from the bellcrank on 4000

Series Winch.
Remove the yoke (B) from the valve spool on 6000

Series Winch.
IMPORTANT: Winch control valve spool must be in

freespool detent to correctly adjust
linkage.
3. Push winch valve spool IN, as far as possible, into

freespool detent.
–UN–09JUL91
T7508AY
6000 Series Winch Shown
–UN–09JUL91
T7508AV

90-38 121500
PN=217
Maintenance
4. Secure the lever to the rear of the BRAKE OFF

position.
–UN–04APR00
T129676B
CED,OUO1079,221 –19–26APR00–2/8
IMPORTANT: On 4000 Winch, do not pull out of free

spool detent. Just remove slack in
bellcrank linkage.
5. With the 4000 winch bellcrank or 6000 winch valve

spool in free spool detent position, pull cable with 44.5
–UN–06NOV90
N (10 lb-force).
Specification
Cable Pull—Force ....................................................... 44.5 N (10 lb-force)
T7402AE
On 4000 Series Winch only, apply 22.2 N (5 lb-force) to
bellcrank toward cable end.
Specification
Cable Pull—Force ......................................................... 22.2 N (5 lb-force)
6. Adjust the 4000 winch yoke to align with hole in

bellcrank. Adjust the 6000 winch yoke to align with
valve spool.
7. Connect the yoke to the 4000 winch bellcrank (or 6000

winch valve spool) and install pin.
90-39 121500
PN=218
Maintenance
8. Move control lever to PARK (hold) position.
9. Slide bracket (A) so that lip contacts spring.
10. Tighten bracket and control cable cap screws.
–UN–26NOV90
T7402AF
–UN–26NOV90
T7402AI
CED,OUO1079,221 –19–26APR00–4/8
11. Run engine at slow idle.

–UN–27APR92
12. Move control lever to FREE SPOOL position and

release lever. There must be 3—5 mm (0.120—0.160
in.) distance between lever and stop screw.
T7374AY1
Specification
Lever and Stop Screw—
Clearance ...................................................... 3—5 mm (0.120—0.160 in.)
90-40 121500
PN=219
Maintenance
13. Slowly move control lever to POWER IN position until
–UN–27APR92
drum turns. There must be 6—8 mm (0.240—0.320
in.) distance between lever and stop screw.
Specification
T7374AZ1
Lever and Stop Screw—
Clearance ...................................................... 6—8 mm (0.240—0.320 in.)
Adjust as required.
14. While POWER IN is engaged, release lever. Lever

must return to PARK (hold) when released from any
POWER IN position. If lever does not return, go to
step 9 and increase return spring tension.
CED,OUO1079,221 –19–26APR00–6/8
15. Move winch control lever to FREE SPOOL position
–UN–27APR92
detent.
T7374AY1
CED,OUO1079,221 –19–26APR00–7/8
16. Pull lever left with approximately 22 N•m (5 lb-force),

–UN–27APR92
then move lever forward through gate. Lever must

move freely through gate and not contact gate slot
surfaces. If lever contacts gate slot surfaces, repeat
steps 2 through 10.
T7397AZ1
CED,OUO1079,221 –19–26APR00–8/8
90-41 121500
PN=220
Maintenance
Grapple Damper Adjustment—If Equipped
The grapple damper limits the motion of the grapple head

when travelling empty and prevents damage to the
structural components, especially the yoke, crosshead,
and pins.
Adjust the damper if the head swings to extreme heights

or hits the stops. Adjust the damper by adding or
subtracting the number of shim washers in the damper
assembly.
1. Slightly loosen adjusting plugs (A) (every other plug or

all six plugs) evenly to remove spring tension and to
keep housing from rotating.
2. Remove three plugs (A).
3. Remove one shim washer (B) from each of the three

plugs (A) to tighten grapple damper or add one shim
–UN–02FEB94
washer to each plug to loosen.
4. Apply 3—5% moly grease to adjusting plug thread and

the inside of plugs. Tighten plugs evenly until plugs
T8412AQ
contact shim washers.
5. Repeat steps 1—4 for other three plugs. Be sure that

all plugs have an equal number of shims.
TEST CONDITIONS:
NOTE: The grapple head should be 10—15° from vertical

under the following test conditions.
a. Close tongs, raise the grapple arch or boom to full

height.
b. Lower the arch or boom slowly and bring to a

smooth stop when the tongs are approximately 300
mm (12 in.) above the ground.
c. When properly adjusted, the grapple head will be

10—15° from vertical. Measure with a magnetic
base inclinometer (C)
A—Plug (6 used)
B—Shim Washer (up to 24 used)
C—Magnetic Base Inclinometer
–UN–02FEB94
T8412AR
90-42 121500
PN=221
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: The snap ring gap is positioned at

vertical top to maintain the grease level
in the damper housing. During
tightening of plugs it is important to
retain this position by holding the
damper housing with a pry bar.
Do not add any washers to the inside of

the adjusting plugs in an attempt to
tighten the damper assembly. This will
cause the springs to become a solid
member. Damage to the outer damper
housing will result. If additional
dampening is required after all shim
washers are removed it is necessary to
replace the disks inside the damper
assembly. See your authorized dealer.
6. If additional tightness is required, remove shim

washers from plugs with greatest number of shim
washers. If additional looseness is required add shim
washers to plugs with the least number of shim
washers. Repeat steps 1—4 until desired tightness is
achieved.
7. To hold damper housing in place use a pry bar

between plugs. Tighten plugs to specification.
Specification
Grapple Damper Adjusting
Plugs—Torque ............................................................. 184 N•m (250 lb-ft)
CED,OUO1079,186 –19–14APR00–2/2
90-43 121500
PN=222
Maintenance
Replacing Grapple Shock—If Equipped
The grapple shock (A) limits the side-to-side swinging of

the grapple head.
Replace the grapple shock if the grapple head swings too
–UN–27APR00
freely.
1. Remove cotter pin (B), retaining pin (D), and upper pin
(C).
T130648B
2. Remove nut (E) and cap screw (F).
3. Remove grapple shock from grapple head.
4. Install new grapple shock in grapple head.
5. Install cap screw and nut.
–UN–27APR00
6. Install upper pin, retaining pin, and cotter pin.
A—Grapple Shock
T130649B
B—Cotter Pin
C—Upper Pin
D—Retaining Pin
E—Nut
F—Cap Screw
CED,OUO1079,222 –19–27APR00–1/1
Brake Pedal Adjustment
1. Adjust pedal stop cap screw (A) until correct brake

pedal clearance (B) is achieved.
Specification
–UN–19DEC97
Brake Pedal To Brake Valve

Plunger—Clearance ............................... 0.9 ± 0.4 mm (0.035 ± 0.015 in.)
2. Tighten lock nut.

T112573
A—Pedal Stop Cap Screw

B—Brake Pedal Clearance
CED,OUO1079,170 –19–13APR00–1/1
90-44 121500
PN=223
Maintenance
Checking Windshield Regularly
IMPORTANT: Some cleaning compounds may

CAUTION: DO NOT replace polycarbonate
attack the polycarbonate material,
windows with glass or plastic. Polycarbonate
resulting in cracks that will weaken
material impact resistance is recommended
the material. Never use substances
for forestry use.
such as Trichloethylene, Carbon
Tetrachloride or petroleum products.
The windshield is a polycarbonate material which is
GASOLINE SHOULD NOT BE USED.
softer but stronger than glass. It will scratch.
Thoroughly rinse the windows after washing and dry
Before washing, flush as much loose dirt off as
with clean, soft towels.
possible with water. Some of the several commercially
available water soluble cleaners that do a good job of
To minimize scratches and improve visibility by filling
cleaning the windows are liquid Ajax with Ammonia,
in existing scratches, it is recommended that the
Joy, Fantastic, Top Job, Mr. Clean, Formula 409 or
windows be waxed regularly. Some of the several
other similar compounds. If there is a heavy
commercially available waxes that are recommended
concentration of tree sap, use No. 1 or No. 3
include: Johnson’s Paste Floor Wax, McGuire Mirror
denatured alcohol, Varsol No. 2, or rubbing alcohol,
Glaze and Mirror Bright Polish Co. MGH-10.
followed by a water soluble cleaner. To remove paint,
use butyl cellosolve (2-Butoxy Ethanol). A warm final
IMPORTANT: If cracks or surface crazing are
wash should be made, using a mild soap or detergent
observed, replace windshield.
solution and ending with a thorough rinsing with clean
water.
TX,90,JC449 –19–10MAR95–1/1
Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,

Pumps or Motors
Special tools and information are needed to service

control valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.
If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.
TX,90,DH2537 –19–03SEP92–1/1
90-45 121500
PN=224
Maintenance
Adding Attachments/Accessories to
Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS)
Do not add attachments or accessories to the ROPS

without contacting your Timberjack dealer for information.
Improper attachment may impair the protection offered by
the ROPS.
TX03679,0001735 –19–07SEP00–1/1
Hardware Torque Specifications
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If

hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.
04T,90,K271 –19–08AUG91–1/1
90-46 121500
PN=225
Maintenance
Keeping ROPS Installed Properly
CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled

correctly if the roll-over protective structure
(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.
–UN–31MAR00
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or
T129546C
is in any way altered by welding, bending,
drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be
replaced, not reused.
Install lock nuts (A) onto cap screws (B) until full thread
engagement is achieved so nut, washers (C), and head of
cap screw are flush against each clevis.
Tighten pin locking cap screws (D) to specification.
–UN–03APR00
Specification
Pin Locking Cap Screw—Torque .................................. 130 N•m (95 lb-ft)
T129547D
A—Lock Nut (2 used)
B—Cap Screw (2 used)
C—Washer (16 used)
D—Pin Locking Cap Screw (2 used)
CED,OUO1079,98 –19–31MAR00–1/1
90-47 121500
PN=226
Maintenance
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
–UN–27SEP99
TORQ1A
Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings
Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2a (No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
b c b c b c
Size Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryc
N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft)
1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)
5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)
3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)
7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)
1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)
9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)
5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)
3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)
7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)
1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)
1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)
1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)
1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)
1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
c
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when
for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
replace shear bolts with identical grade. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,
not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the
full torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If
higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to
the strength of the original.
DX,TORQ1 –19–01OCT99–1/1
90-48 121500
PN=227
Maintenance
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
–UN–07SEP99
TORQ2
Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings
Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9

a b a b a b
Size Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricateda Dryb
N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft) N•m(lb-ft)
M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)
M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)
M10 23 (17) 29 (21) 43 (32) 55 (40) 63 (46) 80 (59) 75 (55) 95 (70)
M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)
M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)
M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)
M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)
M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)
M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)
M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)
M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)
M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)
M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)
M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
b
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when
for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
replace shear bolts with identical property class. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,
not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the
full torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher property class.
If higher property class fasteners are used, these should only be
tightened to the strength of the original.
DX,TORQ2 –19–01OCT99–1/1
90-49 121500
PN=228
Maintenance
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values
–UN–18OCT88
CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric
hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They
may slip and cause injury.
T6873AA
Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values
listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if
a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed
for a specific application.
–UN–18OCT88
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
T6873AB
grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
only be tightened to the strength of the original.
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly

start thread engagement. This will prevent them from
failing when tightening.
–UN–18OCT88
Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50
percent of amount shown in chart.
T6873AC
Continued on next page 04T,90,M170 –19–29SEP99–1/2
90-50 121500
PN=229
Maintenance
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa

T-Bolt H-Bolt M-Bolt
Nominal
Dia N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
8 29 21 20 15 10 7
10 63 46 45 33 20 15
12 108 80 88 65 34 25
14 176 130 137 101 54 40
16 265 195 206 152 78 58
18 392 289 294 217 118 87
20 539 398 392 289 167 125
22 735 542 539 398 216 159
24 931 687 686 506 274 202
27 1372 1012 1029 759 392 289
30 1911 1410 1421 1049 539 398
33 2548 1890 1911 1410 735 542
36 3136 2314 2401 1772 931 687
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
a
04T,90,M170 –19–29SEP99–2/2
90-51 121500
PN=230
Maintenance
Check Oil Lines And Fittings

–UN–23AUG88
fluids.
X9811
gangrene may result.
Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or
damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.
Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving
machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace
immediately.
Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you

find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately.
IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque

chart.
When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to

prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
TX03679,0001736 –19–07SEP00–1/1
90-52 121500
PN=231
Maintenance
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss

Fittings
Straight Fitting
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.
–UN–18OCT88
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
T6243AE
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
Continued on next page 04T,90,K66 –19–29SEP99–1/2
90-53 121500
PN=232
Maintenance
Angle Fitting
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)

completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer
–UN–18OCT88
contacts face of boss.
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index

(maximum of one turn).
T6520AB
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings.
4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut

and back-up washer to proper torque value.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART

Thread Size N•m lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF 8 6
7/16-20 UNF 12 9
1/2-20 UNF 16 12
9/16-18 UNF 24 18
3/4-16 UNF 46 34
7/8-14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16-12 UN 102 75
1-3/16-12 UN 122 90
1-5/16-12 UN 142 105
1-5/8-12 UN 190 140
1-7/8-12 UN 217 160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
04T,90,K66 –19–29SEP99–2/2
90-54 121500
PN=233
Maintenance
Service Recommendations for Flat Face

O-Ring Seal Fittings
1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free

of dirt or defects.
–UN–18OCT88
2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or
defects.
3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using
T6243AD
petroleum jelly to hold in place.
4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum

jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint

together to insure O-ring remains in place.
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the

chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow
hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE

Thread Size
Nominal Tube O.D. Dash Size in. Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
mm in. N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
6.35 0.250 -4 9/16-18 16 12 5.0 3.5
9.52 0.375 -6 11/16-16 24 18 9.0 6.5
12.70 0.500 -8 13/16-16 50 37 17.0 12.5
15.88 0.625 -10 1-14 69 51 17.0 12.5
19.05 0.750 -12 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5
22.22 0.875 -14 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5
25.40 1.000 -16 1 7/16-12 142 105 17.0 12.5
31.75 1.250 -20 1 11/16-12 190 140 17.0 12.5
38.10 1.500 -24 2-12 217 160 17.0 12.5
NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 -20%.
04T,90,K67 –19–29SEP99–1/1
90-55 121500
PN=234
Maintenance
Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
–UN–01MAR90
T6890BB
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw.
cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap
Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot screws as specified in the chart below.
be polished out, replace component.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one
2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it NOT over tighten.
in place.
TORQUE CHARTa
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) Threadb N•m lb-ft
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and M6 12 9
perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws M8 30 22
to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
M10 57 42
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in M12 95 70

center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange M14 157 116
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap M16 217 160
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. M18 334 246
M20 421 318
5. After components are properly positioned and cap a
Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given
screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, size connection with the recommended working pressure.
Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in
flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.
b
Metric standard thread.
04T,90,K175 –19–29SEP99–1/1
90-56 121500
PN=235
Maintenance
Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings
–UN–01MAR90
T6890BB
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches TORQUE CHART

cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. N•m lb-ft
Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot Nominal Cap Screw
be polished out, replace component. Flange Size
Size Min Max Min Max
2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into 1/2 5/16-18 20 31 15 23
groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. UNC
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 28 54 21 40
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) 1 3/8-16 UNC 37 54 27 40
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and 1-1/4 7/16-14 47 85 35 63
perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to UNC
hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 1-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 62 131 46 97
2 1/2-13 UNC 73 131 54 97
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in
center of flange and install cap screws. Flange 2-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 107 131 79 97
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap 3 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 3-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
4 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally 5 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap
screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the
chart below.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one

cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
NOT over tighten.
04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–1/1
90-57 121500
PN=236
Operational Checkout
Use this procedure to check all systems and functions on

the machine. It is designed so you can make a quick
check of machine operation while doing a walk around
inspection and performing specific checks from the
operator’s seat.
Should you experience a problem with your machine, you

will find helpful diagnostic information in this checkout that
will pinpoint the cause. This information may allow you to
perform a simple adjustment yourself which will reduce
the down time of your machine. Use the table of contents
to help find adjustment procedures.
The information you provide after completing the

operational checkout will allow you or your authorized
dealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed to
restore the machine to design specifications.
A location will be required which is level and has

adequate space to complete the checks. No tools or
equipment are needed to perform the checkout.
Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil

condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring,
etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine must be at
operating temperature for many of the checks.
Start at the top of the left column and read completely

down column before performing check. Follow this
sequence from left to right. In the far right column, if no
problem is found, you will be instructed to go to next
check. If a problem is indicated, you will be referred to
either a section in this manual or to your authorized dealer
for repair.
TX03679,0001706 –19–26SEP00–1/1
Gauge, Indicators and Control Checks (Engine Off)
– – –1/1
95-1 121500
PN=237
Monitor Display Window OK: Go to next check.

Check
NOT OK: Check F13
monitor fuse and F12
monitor battery voltage
fuse.
NOT OK: See your

T112112 –UN–23JAN98 T111787 –UN–20OCT97 T111788 –UN–20OCT97
authorized dealer.
Engine OFF.
Key OFF.
Press and hold in monitor select button.
LOOK: Information displayed sequences from Hour Meter symbol to Voltmeter symbol.
Back lighting and needle segment is supplied to engine coolant temperature gauge
and fuel tank level gauge.
– – –1/1
95-2 121500
PN=238
Monitor Indicator and Turn key switch to ON position. OK: Go to next check.
Alarm Checks
NOT OK: Check 5 amp
monitor (switched) fuse
F13.
NOT OK: See your

authorized dealer.
T112107 –UN–23JAN98
T121249 –UN–22APR99
LOOK/LISTEN: Does the following happen for 5 seconds after the key switch is turned
ON?
• All twelve monitor indicators, STOP indicator, and service required indicator must be
ON.
• Alarm must sound.
• All 9 segments on engine coolant temperature gauge and fuel level gauge are ON.
• All segments in the monitor display window must be ON.
LOOK: Does the follow happen 5 seconds after the key switch has been turned ON?
• STOP light must flash OFF and ON.

• Engine oil pressure indicator, engine alternator voltage indicator, and park brake
indicator must be ON.
• Hours must be displayed on the monitor display window.
– – –1/1
95-3 121500
PN=239
Engine Oil Pressure, OK: Go to next check.

Alternator Voltage, Park
Brake and Differential NOT OK: See your
Lock Monitor Indicators authorized dealer.
Check
T112108 –UN–23JAN98
T111720 –UN–12FEB98
Turn key switch to ON position.
LOOK/LISTEN: Only engine oil pressure, engine alternator voltage, and park brake
indicators must be ON, STOP indicator must flash, and alarm must sound after an
approximate three second delay.
Push differential lock button to engage differential lock.
LOOK: Differential lock indicator must come on and park brake indicator, engine oil
pressure indicator, engine alternator voltage indicator, and park brake indicator must
be ON.
Turn key to OFF position.
LOOK: All indicators must go out.
Start engine. OK: Go to next check.
Move shift lever from PARK to NEUTRAL. NOT OK: If engine oil
pressure indicator stays
ON, STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY and check
oil level.
NOT OK: If engine

alternator voltage
indicator is ON, increase
engine speed to 1200
rpm and indicator must
go out.
NOT OK: If park brake

indicator does not go out,
see your authorized
dealer.
T130337 –UN–19APR00 T111720 –UN–12FEB98
LOOK: Park brake indicator must go out.
– – –1/1
95-4 121500
PN=240
Park Brake Linkage OK: Go to next check.

Check CAUTION: Do not operate machine if transmission control and park
brake lever locking sleeve does not pass this check. Machine could be NOT OK: See your
pulled out of PARK when dismounting and allow machine to move. authorized dealer.
Hold top of transmission control and park brake lever

while in the PARK (brake on) position and try to push
lever to NEUTRAL.
LOOK/FEEL: Lever must not move out of PARK locking

notch.
Lift up PARK lock sleeve and shift to NEUTRAL.
LOOK/FEEL: Spring resistance must be felt and park

lock sleeve must move upward allowing lever to move to
NEUTRAL.
Release park lock sleeve, hold top of lever and shift

through all eight forward and seven reverse gears. While
holding top of lever, move to PARK position.
LOOK/FEEL: Park lock sleeve must not bind when

shifting and must move into PARK position notch without
being lifted.
T130335 –UN–19APR00
– – –1/1
Gauge, Indicators, and Control Checks (Engine ON)
– – –1/1
95-5 121500
PN=241
Neutral Start Switch OK: Go to next check.

Check
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T112113 –UN–23JAN98
T130337 –UN–19APR00
Move shift lever to NEUTRAL position.
Turn key switch to START position.
LISTEN: Engine MUST NOT crank. Secondary steering pump is activated, if equipped.
– – –1/1
Park Start Circuit Check OK: Go to next check.
NOT OK: See your

authorized dealer.
T112107 –UN–23JAN98
T130337 –UN–19APR00
Turn key switch to ON position.
NOTE: Shift lever must not be removed from PARK until key switch is ON.
Move shift lever to NEUTRAL position.
LISTEN: Engine MUST momentarily engage but NOT crank.
– – –1/1
95-6 121500
PN=242
Start Circuit Check Move shift lever to PARK position. OK: Go to next check.
NOT OK: If engine turns
but does not start, check
fuel shut-off fuse F9.
IF OK: Check fuel supply.
NOT OK: If starting motor

does not operate, check
park brake fuse F1 and
starter and park start fuse
F2.
IF OK: See your

authorized dealer.
T130336 –UN–19APR00
T112113 –UN–23JAN98
T111720 –UN–12FEB98
LOOK: Fasten seat belt indicator and park brake indicator must be ON.
LISTEN: Starting motor must operate and engine must start.
Park brake indicator must be ON and remain on and “P” must be displayed in monitor
display window.
– – –1/1
95-7 121500
PN=243
Engine Alternator Output Start engine and operate at slow idle in PARK position. OK: Go to next check.
Check
Turn off all accessories. NOT OK: If engine
alternator voltage
LOOK/LISTEN: All monitor indicators and alarms must indicator stays on after
be OFF except park brake indicator. engine has been above
1500 rpm, see your
IMPORTANT: Do not operate machine if STOP light authorized dealer.
is ON or alarm is sounding; machine damage could
occur. NOT OK: If any monitor
indicator stays ON, see
NOTE: If engine alternator voltage indicator comes ON your authorized dealer.
after approximately 3 seconds, increase engine speed to
approximately 1500 rpm and light must go out. Due to
varying electrical loads it may be normal for light to be
ON at slow idle. If oil is cold, it is normal for hydraulic
and transmission restriction indicators to be ON until oil
warms.
T130336 –UN–19APR00
– – –1/1
PARK and NEUTRAL OK: Go to next check.

Gear Position Switch
Check NOT OK: Machine may
be in limp home mode.
Place machine in PARK,
turn key switch OFF, and
redo test. If problem still
exists, see your
authorized dealer.
T130334 –UN–19APR00
Start machine.
Fully depress inching pedal and hold.
Shift SLOWLY through all forward and reverse gears.
Record each gear position as displayed on monitor. Each gear position should display
as shown above.
LOOK: Do gear positions and monitor display match?
– – –1/1
95-8 121500
PN=244
Reverse Warning Alarm Turn key switch to ON. OK: Go to next check.
Check
Put transmission in NEUTRAL REVERSE. NOT OK: Check reverse
warning alarm and switch.
LISTEN: Reverse warning alarm must sound. See your authorized
dealer.
T130338 –UN–19APR00
– – –1/1
95-9 121500
PN=245
Display Window Turn key switch to ON. OK: Go to next check.

Function Check LOOK: Hour meter reading must appear.
NOT OK: No monitor
reading displayed, check
Monitor Fuse F13 and
Monitor Battery Voltage
Input Fuse F12.
T130873 –UN–12MAY00 IF OK: See your

Sample Hour Meter authorized dealer.
Reading Shown
Press SELECT button once.

LOOK: Battery volt reading must be displayed (12—14
volts).
T111799 –UN–20OCT97

LOOK: The letter (P) should be displayed indicating park
brake.
T111802 –UN–20OCT97

LOOK: RPM symbol must be displayed.
T111801 –UN–20OCT97
– – –1/1
95-10 121500
PN=246
Engine Speed Control Operate engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check.
Knob Check—If
Equipped Twist speed control knob counterclockwise three turns. NOT OK: Inspect friction
lock at base of knob.
LISTEN: Engine speed must increase and remain at
higher speed. NOT OK: Check injection
pump override linkage.
Twist speed control knob clockwise three turns.
NOT OK: See your
LISTEN: Engine speed must decrease and remain at authorized dealer.
T7374AX –UN–23OCT90
lower speed.
Depress button and pull knob out to fast idle and release
button.
LISTEN/LOOK: Engine speed must increase to fast idle

and remain there. Foot pedal must move downward to
lower stop.
T7374CQ –UN–23OCT90
Depress foot pedal.

LISTEN: Engine speed must not increase.
Tighten throttle lock clockwise then depress button and

twist knob from fast idle to low idle.
FEEL: Lock must increase friction on cable and but not

stop movement.
T7374AW –UN–25OCT90
– – –1/1
Starting Aid Check—If Operate engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check.
Equipped
Push starting aid button once. NOT OK: Check can (A)
contents by shaking.
LISTEN: Engine speed must increase then return to slow
idle. IF OK: If can has fluid,
check starting aid fuse
F6.
T129554C –UN–18APR00
IF OK: If fuse is okay,
see your authorized
dealer.
T130308B –UN–18APR00
– – –1/1
95-11 121500
PN=247
Air Cleaner Restriction OK: Go to next check.

Indicator Check
NOT OK: Clean or
replace air cleaner
element. (See
Maintenance—As
Required and
Maintenance—Every
1000 Hours chapters.)
T130336 –UN–19APR00 T111720 –UN–12FEB98
Move shift lever into PARK position.
Start engine and run at fast idle.
LOOK: Air restriction indicator MUST NOT be ON.
– – –1/1
Brake System Checks
– – –1/1
95-12 121500
PN=248
Brake Accumulator OK: Check complete.

Precharge Check
NOT OK: Brake
accumulator precharge is
low. See your authorized
dealer.
T7374AV –UN–25OCT90
T134329 –UN–05OCT00
Run engine at slow idle.
Raise blade to upper stop.
Move shift lever to NEUTRAL.
Lower blade while pumping the service brake pedal as

fast as possible until blade raises front of machine.
T7397AG –UN–25OCT90
LOOK: Park brake indicator must not come ON.
CAUTION: If indicator comes on with one

application of brake, accumulator has lost its
gas charge. This may cause park brake to
stop machine when service brakes and a
hydraulic function are both used at same
time.
– – –1/1
95-13 121500
PN=249
Service Brake Linkage NOTE: Transmission oil must be warmed to normal operating temperature. OK: Go to next check.
Check
NOT OK: Check for
missing return spring.
Check pedal for binding.
IF OK: If spring is okay,

see your authorized
dealer.
T129671F –UN–26APR00
A—Service Brake Pedal
Start engine.
Run at slow idle.
Depress and release service brake pedal (A).
LOOK: Pedal must return freely and have approximately 0.9 mm (0.035 in) gap
between pedal and plunger.
NOTE: Correct pedal-to-plunger gap will allow pedal foot pad to move approximately 6
mm (1/4 in.) before it contacts the plunger.
– – –1/1
95-14 121500
PN=250
Brake Valve Neutral OK: Go to next check.

Leakage Check
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T129671F –UN–26APR00
1. Run engine for 30 seconds to fill brake accumulator.
2. Stop engine.
3. Push service brake pedal (A) at five second intervals 12 times and count the
number of times an oil "hiss" is heard as brake is applied.
CAUTION: If oil "hisses" through brake on only one application, brake

accumulator has lost its gas charge. This may cause park brake to stop
machine when service brakes and a hydraulic function are both used at
same time.
4. Run engine for 30 seconds to fill brake accumulator.
5. Stop engine.
6. Wait three minutes.
7. Push brake pedal at five second intervals 12 times and count the number of times a
oil "hiss" is heard as brake is applied.
LISTEN: During step 7, the number of oil "hisses" of the brake valve must be within
two applications of pedal as recorded in step 3.
– – –1/1
95-15 121500
PN=251
Service Brake Check OK: Go to next check.
NOT OK: See your

authorized dealer.
T129671F –UN–26APR00
Run engine at fast idle.
Operate machine in 3RD FORWARD.
Press service brake pedal (A) to load engine.
Brakes must be able to slow machine until engine is lugged down to approximately
800 rpm.
– – –1/1
Park Brake Check—With OK: Go to next check.

Winch
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T7374AZ –UN–
T130336 –UN–19APR00
Move shift lever to PARK position and differential lock ON.
Run engine at half speed.
Attach winch cable to a stump or other immovable object.
Move winch control lever to the POWER IN position and slide machine backward
without holding service brakes.
LOOK: All four wheels must slide and not turn as machine moves backward.
– – –1/1
95-16 121500
PN=252
Park Brake Check— OK: Go to next check.

Without Winch
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T121262 –UN–23APR99
T130337 –UN–19APR00
Position machine on gradual slope with front of machine pointed down hill.
Raise blade and grapple, if equipped, off ground.
Move shift lever to NEUTRAL position and differential lock OFF.
Let machine coast freely for several feet. Move transmission control lever to PARK
position.
LOOK: Did machine stop?
Move transmission control lever to NEUTRAL.
LOOK: Did machine move or coast freely?
– – –1/1
Steering System Checks
– – –1/1
95-17 121500
PN=253
Steering System OK: Go to next check.

Operation Check
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T6471AQ –UN–19OCT88
T130336 –UN–19APR00
Run engine at slow idle in PARK.
Differential lock OFF.
Turn steering wheel until frames hit the right stop and then the left stop.
Observe effort to turn steering wheel.
LOOK: Frames must steer smoothly in both directions. When the steering wheel is
stopped, the frames must stop.
FEEL: Excessive effort must not be required to turn the steering wheel.
NOTE: If steering wheel is turned to stop and released, it is normal for wheel to rock
back and forth up to 1/3 turn before stopping.
– – –1/1
95-18 121500
PN=254
Steering Priority Valve OK: Go to next check.

Check
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T130325 –UN–20APR00
T6601AC –UN–19OCT88 T7374AV –UN–25OCT90
Steer machine frames to maximum left position.
Lower stacking blade to ground.
While steering machine to the right, raise stacking blade.
Observe stacking blade.
LOOK: Stacking blade MUST raise slowly, but steering speed must be normal.
NOTE: It is normal for steering wheel to jerk or kickback if hydraulic function is moved
while steering is held against stops.
– – –1/1
Steering Priority Valve Run engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check.
Pressure Check
Steer unit until frames are straight. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
Press differential lock button to engage differential lock.
Steer to left then right.
T6601AC –UN–19OCT88
LOOK: Steering wheel must not turn more than 1/2 turn
in either direction.
– – –1/1
95-19 121500
PN=255
Steering System Leakage Run engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check.
Check
Switch differential lock to OFF. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
Turn steering wheel right until frames contact stop.
IMPORTANT: Steering wheel must be "jerked" to

shift steering valve into full flow mode. If wheel is
not jerked, wheel will continue to move while slight
pressure is exerted on it and simulate a leaking
steering valve.
Hold steering wheel against stop, jerk wheel against

stop, continue turning steering wheel using
approximately 22 N (5 lb force) while counting steering
wheel revolutions per minute. Repeat check to the left.
LOOK: Steering wheel must not turn more than 5 rpm.
NOTE: Use good judgement; excessive steering wheel

rpm may not affect steering function during normal
operation.
– – –1/1
95-20 121500
PN=256
Secondary Steering OK: Go to next check.

System Check—If
Equipped NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T111720 –UN–12FEB98
T112113 –UN–23JAN98
T130337 –UN–19APR00
IMPORTANT: Do not operate secondary steering pump for more than 15 seconds
with the steering in neutral or damage to the pump and motor can occur.
Turn key OFF after test or pump damage can occur.
Move shift lever to NEUTRAL.
Park machine on a hard level surface with wheels straight. Stop engine.
Without starting engine, turn key to START position and release. This will start pump
when the steering wheel is turned left or right.
Steer machine to right and left.
LOOK: Machine must steer approximately half-way to stops in both directions.
LISTEN/LOOK: Secondary steering indicator and STOP indicator must come on and
alarm must sound.
– – –1/1
95-21 121500
PN=257
Transmission Cold Weather Disconnect Checks—If Equipped
– – –1/1
95-22 121500
PN=258
Transmission Cold NOTE: Approximately 89 N (20 lb-force) will be needed to pull disconnect handle out. OK: Go to next check.
Weather Disconnect
Clutch Check—If Stop engine. NOT OK: See your
Equipped authorized dealer.
Remove left engine shield.
Pull disconnect clutch handle forward to disconnect

transmission.
LOOK/FEEL: Handle must stay forward in detented

T111976B –UN–27OCT97
position.
Start engine.
Move transmission control and park brake lever to

NEUTRAL.
LOOK: Monitor must still indicate machine is in PARK.
Move transmission control and park brake lever to

PARK.
Stop engine.
Push disconnect clutch handle rearward to connect
transmission. Then wiggle handle to check free travel.
LOOK/FEEL: Handle must stay rearward in detented

position and have approximately 30 mm (1-1/4 in.) of
free travel.
T111975B –UN–27OCT97
T111720 –UN–12FEB98
IMPORTANT: If handle has excessive free travel, disconnect is not engaged

properly.
Check disconnect engagement by "bumping" engine starter (do not start engine) and
then checking until only 30 mm (1-1/4 in.) free movement of handle is felt.
Start engine.
LOOK/LISTEN: Only park brake indicator should be on. Fasten seat belt light will be
on until it times out. No grinding noise should be heard from clutch.
– – –1/1
95-23 121500
PN=259
Driving Checks
IMPORTANT: Transmission and hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature.
– – –1/1
Inching Pedal Check Depress inching pedal fully. OK: Go to next check.
Slowly release inching pedal and listen for click of NOT OK: See your
switches. authorized dealer.
LISTEN: First click will be heard when pedal is

approximately 15 mm (0.6 in.) from bottom stop. Second
click will be heard when pedal is approximately 60 mm
T129671G –UN–03APR00 (2.4 in.) from bottom stop.
Start engine and shift machine to 4TH FORWARD.
Drive machine in a circle at slow idle.
Depress inching pedal to lower stop and observe

machine movement.
LOOK/FEEL: Machine must slow and then come to a

T7397AN –UN–25OCT90
complete stop.
Release inching pedal slowly and observe machine

movement.
LOOK/FEEL: Machine must slowly come up to speed as

pedal is released.
– – –1/1
Transmission Noise Run engine at half speed. OK: Go to next check.

Check
Shift transmission into all gears, including 8TH NOT OK: See your
FORWARD and 7TH REVERSE speeds, driving the authorized dealer.
machine approximately 100 yards in each speed.
LISTEN: Excessive gear noise must not be heard in any

gear.
T130335 –UN–19APR00
– – –1/1
95-24 121500
PN=260
Differential Lock OK: Go to next check.

Capacity Check CAUTION: Machine may move. Be sure area is clear.
NOT OK: See your
Ensure differential lock is not engaged. authorized dealer.
Steer machine in full turn.
Shift machine into 1ST FORWARD and operate at slow

idle.
T111720 –UN–12FEB98
Push differential lock button to engage differential lock.
LOOK: Differential lock indicator must be ON and machine must try to go straight and
tires must be scuffing the surface.
NOTE: It is normal for differential lock to make growling sound if on hard surface.
Push differential lock button to disengage differential lock.
LOOK: Differential lock indicator must go off and differential lock must release and
allow machine to turn.
NOTE: It is normal for rear axle to make a "clunk" sound when differential lock
releases.
– – –1/1
Differential Gears and Move transmission control and park brake lever to 1ST OK: Go to next check.
Pinion Noise Check FORWARD and differential lock disengaged.
NOT OK: If noise is
Run engine at slow idle. heard with the machine in
a full turn, see your
Turn machine full right. authorized dealer.
LISTEN: No excessive gear noise must be heard in the

differential or pinion gear area.
– – –1/1
95-25 121500
PN=261
Hydraulic System Checks
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature for these checks. See warm-up procedure
below.
– – –1/1
Hydraulic System If hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature, heat oil until machine cylinders feel OK: Go to next check.
Warm-Up Procedure warm to touch, using the following procedure:
Operate engine at fast idle.
Turn steering wheel back and forth from stop-to-stop.
Periodically cycle all hydraulic functions to distribute heated oil to all functions.
– – –1/1
Cold Start Dump Valve Remove fuel shut-off fuse F9 from fuse panel. This will OK: Go to next check.
Check—If Equipped allow the engine to crank but not start. See Fuse
Specifications for fuse location.(Go to 9015-10.) NOT OK: If blade rises,
inspect wiring to cold start
Pull blade lever and hold UP while cranking engine in dump solenoid.
START position for 5 seconds.
IF OK: Replace cold start
LOOK: Blade must not rise while engine is cranking. dump valve.
T112113 –UN–23JAN98
Replace fuse F9.
– – –1/1
95-26 121500
PN=262
Hydraulic Pump OK: Go to next check.

Performance Check
NOT OK: If cycle times
are slow, check engine
slow idle specifications.
See your authorized
dealer.
T130325 –UN–20APR00
T7374AV –UN–25OCT90
Operate engine at fast idle (2400 rpm).
Slowly lower blade to ground level.
Measure cycle time required to raise the blade to maximum height.
LOOK: The maximum cycle time is:
360D: 1.0—2.0 seconds
460D Cable: 2.0—3.0 seconds
560D Cable: 1.0—2.0 seconds
560D Grapple: 1.0—2.0 seconds
NOTE: Repeat the above cycle time check three times. Average the cycle times
recorded. The average cycle time will give a general indication of hydraulic pump
performance.
– – –1/1
95-27 121500
PN=263
Grapple Control Valve OK: Go to next check.

Functional Check—If
Equipped NOT OK: If function
moves in different
direction from control
valve movement, check
hose routing to see that
they are not reversed.
See your authorized
dealer.
T129540D –UN–31MAR00
Dual Lever Controllers Shown
T134169B –UN–04OCT00
Single Lever Pilot Controller Shown
Start engine and run at slow idle. Activate equipment control levers while watching
equipment for movement.
LOOK: Direction of travel indicated on the controls must correspond with equipment
travel. Equipment travel should be continuous and smooth.
– – –1/1
95-28 121500
PN=264
Blade and Grapple OK: Go to next step in

System Leakage this check.
Checks—If Equipped
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T121252 –UN–22APR99
Raise blade to maximum UP position.
Raise arch to maximum UP position.
Open grapple.
T7595AC –UN–21AUG91
Activate blade UP, grapple boom UP, arch UP, and
grapple OPEN functions, one at a time.
LOOK: Observe tachometer. When the blade is

activated, no decrease in engine rpm must be noted.
LOOK: Observe tachometer. When arch FORWARD and

grapple OPEN functions are activated, no decrease in
engine rpm must be noted.
– – –1/2
95-29 121500
PN=265
OK: Go to next check.
NOT OK: See your

authorized dealer.
T121252 –UN–22APR99
Lower blade to maximum DOWN position.
Close grapple.
Lower arch to maximum DOWN position.
T7397AP –UN–25OCT90
Activate blade DOWN, grapple CLOSE, and boom
DOWN functions, one at a time.
LOOK: Observe tachometer. No decrease in engine rpm

must be noted when blade DOWN function is activated.
Activate arch DOWN function.
LISTEN/LOOK: Engine rpm will decrease and will be

noticeable on tachometer.
–19– –2/2
95-30 121500
PN=266
Grapple Rotate System OK: Go to next check.

Crossover Relief
Check—If Equipped NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T121252 –UN–22APR99
Open tongs. Lower arch until grapple tongs are slightly

into the ground.
Activate grapple rotate control switch and stall grapple

tong against ground in each direction.
LISTEN: The engine rpm will decrease with grapple

T8427AE –UN–27FEB95
rotate motor stalled since crossover relief valve setting is
below standby pressure. Verify by observing tachometer.
– – –1/1
Grapple Rotate Rotation OK: Go to next check.

Check—If Equipped
NOT OK: Check fuse F3.
Listen for solenoid to
CLICK when switch is
activated. Check wiring.
Check inlet pressure to

T129540E –UN–31MAR00 T134171B –UN–04OCT00
solenoid. Check for a
pinched hose. See your
Close grapple. authorized dealer.
Activate grapple rotate switch (s) (A).
Grapple should rotate continuously in each direction.
– – –1/1
95-31 121500
PN=267
Blade Control Valve With engine OFF, move blade lever to the UP position and release lever. OK: Go to next check.
Linkage Check
Move blade control lever to the DOWN position and observe lever stop. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Blade lever must return to NEUTRAL freely. The blade lever must contact the
lever stops when lever is pushed DOWN. T
NOTE: If control lever does not contact lever stops, the control valve cables or linkage
can be damaged.
– – –1/1
Blade Function Drift Lower the blade until blade is approximately 50 mm (2.0 in.) above ground. OK: Go to next check.
Check
Run engine at slow idle and observe blade. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: If blade touches the ground or rises 50 mm (2.0 in.) within one minute, leakage
is indicated in blade control valve or blade cylinders.
NOTE: Use good judgment in determining if the amount of drift is objectionable for the
type of operation the skidder is performing.
– – –1/1
Grapple Function Drift Open grapple tongs to the maximum OPEN position. OK: Go to next check.
Check—If Equipped
Lower boom until tong tips are approximately 50 mm NOT OK: Use good
(2.0 in.) above ground. judgment in determining if
the amount of drift is
Run engine at slow idle and observe grapple tongs. objectionable for the type
of operation the skidder is
LOOK: If grapple tongs touch the ground within one performing. See your
T8427AE –UN–27FEB95
minute, leakage is indicated in either the grapple control authorized dealer.
valves or cylinder, or boom control valve or cylinders.
If machine is equipped with a single lever pilot controller,

drift could be caused by a leak or a sticking spool in the
pilot controller.
– – –1/1
95-32 121500
PN=268
Grapple Control Valve Position grapple control valve in the CLOSE detent position. OK: Go to next check.
Detent For Dual Lever
Controls Check—If Move grapple control valve out of the detent position and observe force required to NOT OK: The grapple
Equipped move lever. control valve must remain
in the detent position
FEEL: Grapple control valve must require approximately 45—111 N (10—25 lb-force) when the grapple skidder
to move valve out of detent. is in operation.
LISTEN: Engine rpm must not pull down when grapple is in detented position. If the grapple control
valve will not remain in
the detent, see your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
Grapple Latch Function OK: Go to next check.

For Single Lever Pilot
Controller Check—If NOT OK: See your
Equipped authorized dealer.
T134177B –UN–04OCT00
Single Lever Pilot Controller Shown
1—Indicator Light
2—Grapple Tong Close Button
3—Grapple Latch Button
4—Grapple Tongs Open Button
Open grapple tongs using button (4).
Press grapple tong close button (2), then grapple latch button (3).
LOOK: Tongs close automatically and indicator light (1) goes ON. (Red light indicates
tongs are “squeezing.”)
LISTEN: Engine rpm must not pull down while red indicator is ON.
– – –1/1
95-33 121500
PN=269
Grapple Valve Arch and Raise grapple arch to the maximum UP position. OK: Go to next check.
Grapple Section Lift
Check Test—If Equipped Close grapple. NOT OK: If function
movement is noted,
Stop engine. control valve lift check or
cylinder leakage is
NOTE: If machine is equipped with a single lever pilot indicated. See your
control lever, key switch must be ON before grapple authorized dealer.
T7595AC –UN–21AUG91
close can be activated.
Activate the grapple arch RAISE and grapple CLOSE

functions one at a time.
LOOK: Function MUST NOT move.
– – –1/1
Grapple Valve Boom Close grapple and extend boom cylinders approximately 50 mm (2.0 in.) from end of OK: Go to next check.
Section Lift Check Test stroke.
(Dual Function)—If NOT OK: If function
Equipped Stop engine. movement is noted,
control valve lift check or
Activate the boom RAISE control valve. cylinder leakage is
indicated. See your
LOOK: Boom MUST NOT move when control valve is activated. authorized dealer.
LOOK: Arch and grapple tongs MUST NOT move when control lever is activated.
– – –1/1
Arch or Boom Cylinder Raise arch or boom. OK: Check completed.

Cavitation Pump Test—If
Equipped Lower arch or boom at slow engine speed. NOT OK: If arch of boom
become spongy or
LOOK: Cavitation MUST NOT occur. bounces, use higher
engine speeds when
LOOK: Arch or boom MUST NOT become spongy or bounce. lowering arch or boom.
– – –1/1
95-34 121500
PN=270
Grapple Damper Check— Rotate grapple until it is perpendicular to the arch frame. OK: Go to next check.
If Equipped
Close grapple tongs and raise grapple arch to maximum NOT OK: See your
UP position. authorized dealer.
T8396AQ –UN–05FEB95
Slowly lower arch until grapple tongs are approximately

300 mm (12.0 in.) from ground.
Observe grapple frame angle when grapple is angled

forward.
LOOK: Grapple must be approximately 10—15° from

vertical.
T8396AR –UN–05FEB95
IMPORTANT: Correct damper adjustment will
occasionally allow grapple-to-boom contact when
operating on very rough terrain. If grapple swings
too freely, the grapple may contact base of boom
and damage grapple or boom.
– – –1/1
Grapple Shock Absorber Grapple frame must be perpendicular to arch frame. OK: Go to next check.
Check—If Equipped
Close grapple tongs and raise arch until tongs are 300 mm (12.0 in.) off ground. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
Jerk steering wheel to the left and then to the right and observe grapple side-to-side
movement.
LOOK: Grapple must not continue to move from side-to-side after rear of machine
stops moving.
NOTE: Shock absorber is designed to prevent empty grapple from hitting frame during
normal transport. A new shock absorber will occasionally allow grapple-to-boom
contact when operating on very rough terrain. If grapple swings too freely, the grapple
may contact base of boom and damage grapple or boom.
– – –1/1
Tong Timing Check—If Raise arch and fully open tongs. OK: Go to next check.
Equipped
Close tongs and observe speed of each tong. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Tongs must close at approximately the same speed and close completely.
NOTE: If tongs do not close evenly, open tongs to maximum OPEN position. Close
tongs completely to reset tong timing.
– – –1/1
95-35 121500
PN=271
Winch Checks
IMPORTANT: Transmission oil must be at operating temperature for these checks.
– – –1/1
Winch Hydraulic System OK: Go to next check.

Functional Check—If
Equipped NOT OK: If the engine
stalls when the winch
control lever is placed in
POWER IN position with
the engine at slow idle, a
problem is indicated in
T7374AZ –19–30OCT90 T7374AY –19–30OCT90
the winch control circuit.
See your authorized
Operate engine at slow idle. dealer.
Operate winch in POWER IN and FREE SPOOL several times and observe when the
drum turns each time.
Start counting the number of seconds when the lever is moved in each position, one
thousand one, one thousand two, and etc.
LOOK: The normal engagement time for the winch clutch or brake disengagement is
one second or less.
– – –1/1
Winch Valve Return Run engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check.
Spring Check—If
Equipped Place winch control valve lever in POWER IN position NOT OK: See your
and quickly release control valve lever. authorized dealer.
Observe position control valve lever stops.
LOOK: The winch control valve lever must return and

T7374AZ –19–30OCT90
stop in PARK position detent.
CAUTION: Sticking controls could cause

winch to power in when lever is released and
injure operator or damage machine. Never
continue to operate a skidder whose winch
control valve sticks in POWER IN position.
– – –1/1
95-36 121500
PN=272
Winch Control Valve Operate engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check.
Linkage Stop Check—If
Equipped Move winch control lever slowly to the POWER IN NOT OK: See your
position until winch drum turns. authorized dealer.
LOOK: Winch lever must be approximately 6 mm (1/4

in.) from stop as winch drum starts to turn.
T7374AZ –19–30OCT90
Move winch control lever to FREE SPOOL position and

release lever.
LOOK/FEEL: Lever must remain in free spool detent

position and front of lever must be approximately 3 mm
(1/8-in.) from stop.
T7374AY –19–30OCT90
– – –1/1
Winch Free Spool, Drum, Run engine at slow idle. OK: Go to next check
and Cable Check—If
Equipped Place winch control valve lever in FREE SPOOL NOT OK: If winch free
position. spool effort is excessive,
check winch drum rolling
Pull cable from drum until all cable is removed from the drag torque. (See Winch
drum. FREE SPOOL Drag
Adjustment in Operating
T7374AY –19–30OCT90
LOOK: The winch drum must turn freely and the effort the Machine.)
required to pull cable MUST NOT be excessive.
NOTE: The cable MUST NOT be tangled on the drum

and all cables must unwind from drum except the end
retained in the winch.
LOOK: The end of the cable must be retained on the

winch drum per forestry operating codes in your area.
NOTE: If the cable is tangled and cannot be removed by

hand, attach "choker" cable to immovable object and pull
cable out of winch with skidder. Rewind winch cable on
drum.
– – –1/1
95-37 121500
PN=273
Winch Drum Drag OK: Go to next check.

Check—If Equipped
NOT OK: Adjust as
required. (See Winch
FREE SPOOL Drag
Adjustment in Operating
the Machine.)
T7397BA –UN–01NOV90 T7374AY –19–30OCT90
Winch chokers until mainline belts are almost up to horizontal roller.
Move lever to FREE SPOOL position detent.
LOOK/FEEL: Chokers should drop to ground but drum should not continue turning.
NOTE: Drag can be set to suit operator. Drag should be set to prevent cable from
getting tangled during free spool.
– – –1/1
Winch BRAKE OFF Move winch control lever to FREE SPOOL position detent. OK: Go to next check.
Adjustment Check—If
Equipped NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T7374AY –19–30OCT90 T7397AZ –19–30OCT90
Pull lever rearward with approximately 7 N (5 lb-force), then move lever to left side.
LOOK/FEEL: Lever must move freely through the gate and not rub against front of left
slot.
Release lever from hand.
LOOK: Lever must not pull out of detent or move from hold to PARK position.
– – –1/1
95-38 121500
PN=274
Winch BRAKE OFF Connect winch line to an immovable object. OK: Go to next check
Function and Control
Linkage Checks—If Place winch control lever in the BRAKE OFF position and against right gate of slot. NOT OK: If winch control
Equipped lever does not contact the
LOOK: When the control lever is placed in BRAKE OFF gate in the slot when
position, the lever must remain against gate. winch is in brake off
position, see your
Drive skidder in 2ND FORWARD and observe drum as authorized dealer.
cable unwinds.
Stop machine.
T7397AY –19–30OCT90
LOOK: The drum must keep tension on the cable as the
cable unwinds with the skidder moving and as the
skidder stops.
NOTE: It is normal for winch drum to turn when no load

is on winch and control lever is moved directly from
POWER IN to BRAKE OFF.
Move winch lever to left and into PARK position.

LOOK/FEEL: Resistance must be felt as lever is pulled
from BRAKE OFF to PARK position. Lever must then
remain in PARK position detent.
T7397AX –19–30OCT90
– – –1/1
Winch Clutch and Brake IMPORTANT: Transmission oil must be at operating temperature for these OK: Go to next check.
Check—If Equipped checks. Be sure winch clutch and brake engage in one second or less before
doing this test. In cold operating conditions the transmission oil may be at NOT OK: If the winch
operating temperature; however, the oil in the two winch hoses will be cold. This clutch slips before front
can cause delayed winch function operation. end is off ground, see
Align skidder with an immovable object directly behind the skidder and run engine at
approximately 1500 rpm. Put the transmission control and park brake lever in PARK
position “P”.
Attach the winch cable to the immovable object.
Operate power-in function until front of skidder is approximately 0.61 m (2.0 ft) off the
ground.
Place winch control valve lever in PARK position.
NOTE: Ground conditions may cause wheels to slide backward, preventing front of
machine from raising.
LOOK: The winch clutch must be able to lift the front of the skidder off the ground or
slide machine backward. The winch brake must hold the skidder front end off the
ground or not slip if machine is driven in 1ST FORWARD.
– – –1/1
95-39 121500
PN=275
Winch Fairlead Roller Rotate the two vertical rollers by hand. OK: Go to next check.
Check—If Equipped
Rotate the horizontal roller by hand. NOT OK: Lubricate or
repair. See your
LOOK: The rollers must rotate freely by hand and authorized dealer.
bushings MUST NOT have excessive looseness.
T129549B –UN–04APR00
– – –1/1
Accessory Check (Engine OFF)
– – –1/1
Horn Switch Check OK: Go to next check.
NOT OK: If horn does not

sound, inspect fuse F7.
NOT OK: See your

authorized dealer.
T112107 –UN–23JAN98 T130341B –UN–18APR00
Turn key ON.
Push horn button (A).
LOOK: Button must push in easily and come back out.
LISTEN: Horn must sound.
– – –1/1
Deluxe Work Light Turn key ON. OK: Go to next check.

Switch Check—If
Equipped Push rocker switch to right (ON) position. NOT OK: Inspect fuse
F30 and circuit breakers
LOOK: Two front lights and two rear lights must come F18 and F25.
on.
T129542C –UN–31MAR00
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
95-40 121500
PN=276
Work Light Switch Turn key ON. OK: Go to next check.

Check—If Equipped
Push rocker switch to left (FRONT ON) position. NOT OK: Inspect circuit
breakers F19 and F31.
LOOK: Two front lights must come on.
NOT OK: See your
T129542D –UN–31MAR00
Push rocker switch to right (BOTH ON) position. authorized dealer.
LOOK: Two front lights and two rear lights must come
on.
– – –1/1
Defroster Functional A—Blower Know OK: Go to next check.

Check—If Equipped B—Temperature Control Knob
C—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
Turn temperature control knob (B) fully clockwise to HOT
(red) position.
Start engine and operate at fast idle.

T129541C –UN–31MAR00
Wait 2 minutes.
Push defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (C) to

left (DEFROSTER) position.
Turn blower knob (A) fully clockwise.
FEEL: Warm air must come from defroster vents.
Turn blower knob counterclockwise one position at a

time.
LISTEN/FEEL: Fan speed must slow down and air flow

must decrease for each position tested.
– – –1/1
95-41 121500
PN=277
Heater Functional A—Blower Know OK: Go to next check.

Check—If Equipped B—Temperature Control Knob
C—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
Turn temperature control knob (B) fully clockwise to HOT
(red) position.

T129541C –UN–31MAR00
Wait 2 minutes.
Push defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (C) to

middle (HEATER AND VENT) position.
FEEL: Warm air must come from vents.
Turn temperature control knob fully counterclockwise to

COLD (blue) position.
FEEL: Outside-temperature air must come from vents.
Turn blower knob counterclockwise one position at a

time.
LISTEN/FEEL: Fan speed must slow down and air flow

must decrease for each position tested.
– – –1/1
Air Conditioner A—Blower Know OK: Go to next check.

Functional Check—If B—Temperature Control Knob
Equipped C—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
Turn temperature control knob fully counterclockwise to
COLD (blue) position.

T129541C –UN–31MAR00
Press defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (C) to
right (AIR CONDITIONER) position.
Air in duct system may be warm. Wait for several

minutes until warm air is removed from system.
FEEL: Cool air must come from vents.
– – –1/1
95-42 121500
PN=278
Battery Disconnect OK: Go to next check.

Switch Check
NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
T111980B –UN–27OCT97 T112107 –UN–23JAN98
Move battery disconnect switch (A) to OFF.
Turn key to ON position.
LOOK: Monitor lights must not come on.
– – –1/1
ROPS and Cab Component Checks
– – –1/1
Door Latch Check Unlatch door. OK: Go to next check
Close door with force. NOT OK: Oil hinges.

Adjust doors. See your
Repeat with other door. authorized dealer.
LOOK: Door latches must work freely and latch must

hold door closed.
T129547E –UN–03APR00
– – –1/1
Door Lock Check Lock cab doors. OK: Go to next check
LOOK: Cab door latches must not move. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
FEEL: Locks must operate freely and key must not stick in locks.
– – –1/1
Door Opener Check Unlatch door and let go of latch. OK: Go to next check.
LOOK/FEEL: Door must open and remain open against restraining strap. NOT OK: See your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
95-43 121500
PN=279
Cab Door Window Check Inspect window seals. OK: Go to next check.
Open sliding window to maximum open position and NOT OK: Oil latch.
back to 1/2 open notch and release latches (A). Replace window seals if
necessary. See your
Close sliding window. authorized dealer.
LOOK: Latches must hold window tightly closed, and

T7409AQ –UN–27NOV90
hold in any notched position.
LOOK: Window seals must not have gaps between seals

and window frames.
– – –1/1
Protective Screen Loosen screen knob and swing shield out to clean window. OK: Go to next check.
Checks
LOOK/FEEL: Screen must swing open to allow cleaning of window. NOT OK: Repair or oil
hinges and retainer. See
Swing screen back in place and tighten knob. your authorized dealer.
LOOK/FEEL: Screen must align with retaining knobs and tighten in place.
Repeat check for left and right side screens and left and right door screens.
– – –1/1
Front Windshield Washer A—Front Wiper/Washer Knob OK: Go to next step in

and Wiper Checks this check.
Turn key to ACC position.
NOT OK: If wiper does
Turn front wiper control knob (A) clockwise to first not operate, inspect fuse
position. F8.
LOOK: Wiper must operate at a rate of one cycle per NOT OK: See your
T129543F –UN–18APR00
second. authorized dealer.
Turn front wiper control knob clockwise to second

position.
LOOK: Wiper must operate at a rate of about two cycles

per second.
Turn front wiper control knob fully counterclockwise.
LOOK: Wiper blade must "park" on right side of

windshield when knobs are OFF.
Push front wiper control knob.
LISTEN: Washer pump motor operates.
LOOK: Fluid squirts from nozzle mounted on wiper

blade.
– – –1/1
95-44 121500
PN=280
Rear Windshield Washer B—Rear Wiper/Washer Knob OK: Go to next step in

and Wiper Checks—If this check.
Equipped Turn key to ACC position.
NOT OK: If wiper does
Turn rear wiper control knob (B) clockwise to first not operate, inspect fuse
position. F27.
LOOK: Wiper must operate at a rate of one cycle per NOT OK: See your
T129543G –UN–18APR00
second. authorized dealer.
Turn rear wiper control knob to clockwise second

position.
LOOK: Wiper must operate at a rate of about two cycles

per second.
Turn rear wiper control knob fully counterclockwise.
LOOK: Wiper blade must "park" on right side of

windshield when knobs are OFF.
Push rear wiper control knob.
LISTEN: Washer pump motor operates.
LOOK: Fluid squirts from nozzle mounted on wiper

blade.
– – –1/1
95-45 121500
PN=281
Seat Adjustment Checks C—Tilt Lever OK: Go to next step in

this check.
Raise armrest.
NOT OK: Lubricate or
FEEL: Armrest must move freely and remain in up repair as necessary.
position.
NOT OK: See your
Raise lever (C) and lean against seat back to tilt authorized dealer.
T111979B –UN–28OCT97
rearward.
Lower lever (C) to lock seat back.
FEEL: Seat back must adjust forward and rearward and

remain in position.
OK: Go to next step in

this check.

repair as necessary.
T130577 –UN–27APR00
A—Forward and Aft

B—Ride Adjustment Knob
Turn knob (B) clockwise for firm ride or counterclockwise for soft ride.
FEEL: Weight adjustment knob (B) must adjust seat for ride.
Move lever to the left to unlock side rails. OK: Go to next check.
Slide seat forward and rearward. NOT OK: Lubricate or

repair as necessary. See
Release lever to lock seat in place. your authorized dealer.
FEEL: Seat must move forward and rearward and lock in

all positions.
T6457CG –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/2
95-46 121500
PN=282
Lift swivel lever to unlock seat position. OK: Go to next check.
Swivel seat forward and right. NOT OK: Lubricate or

Release lever to lock seat in place. your authorized dealer.
FEEL: Seat must swivel forward and right and lock in three positions.
–19– –2/2
95-47 121500
PN=283
Air Ride Seat Adjustment A—Tilt Lever OK: Go to next step in

Checks—If Equipped this check.
Raise the armrest.
FEEL: Armrest must move freely and remain in up repair as necessary. See
position. your authorized dealer.
Raise lever (A) and lean against seat backrest to tilt

T129672C –UN–03APR00 rearward.
Lower lever to lock seat backrest.
FEEL: Seat backrest must adjust forward and rearward

and remain in position.
B—Side Rail Lever OK: Go to next check.

C—Seat Swivel Lever
D—Air Ride Button NOT OK: Lubricate or
Raise lever (B) to unlock side rails. your authorized dealer.
Slide seat forward and rearward.
T129551B –UN–03APR00 Pull lever to lock seat in place.
FEEL: Seat must move forward and rearward and lock in

all positions.
Raise lever (C) to unlock seat swivel.
Swivel seat forward and right.
Pull lever to lock seat in place.
FEEL: Seat must swivel forward and right and lock in

three positions.
Turn key switch to ACC position.
Push button (D).
LISTEN/FEEL: Seat must raise and air pump must run.
Pull button.
LISTEN/FEEL: Seat must lower and air must escape

from seat.
– – –1/1
95-48 121500
PN=284
Seat Belt Check A—Seat Belt OK: Go to next check.

B—Side Buckle
NOT OK: Clean belt or
Pull seat belt (A) across your lap and insert in left side replace. See your
buckle (B). authorized dealer.
LOOK: Seat belt must latch. Recoil on right side must

remove excess slack.
T129675B –UN–04APR00
Release seat belt.
LOOK: Seat belt must release when buckle is pressed.

Belt must recoil completely into right holder.
IMPORTANT: Replace the complete seat belt

assembly every three years regardless of
appearance. A date label, to determine the age of the
belt, is attached to each belt.
– – –1/1
Fire Extinguisher Check A—Gauge OK: Go to next check.
Check gauge (A) reading. NOT OK: Recharge or

replace extinguisher. See
LOOK: Indicator needle must be in green zone of gauge. your authorized dealer.
T129544C –UN–27APR00
– – –1/1
Operator Manual Holder A—Operator Manual Holder OK: Go to next check.

Check
Open left door. NOT OK: No manual or
damaged manual. Order
Open operator manual holder (A) and check manual. new manual and install in
holder. See your
LOOK: Operator manual must be inside holder in authorized dealer.
readable condition.
T129550B –UN–04APR00
– – –1/1
95-49 121500
PN=285
Miscellaneous Checks
– – –1/1
Fuel Tank Strainer Check Remove fuel tank filler cap. OK: Go to next check.
Rotate fuel strainer to notch. NOT OK: Clean or

replace strainer. See your
Remove fuel strainer and inspect. authorized dealer.
LOOK: Strainer screen must be in good condition and

clean.
T7437AD –UN–13DEC90
– – –1/1
Engine Shield Latch Turn handle to remove front engine side shield. OK: Go to next check.
Check
LOOK/FEEL: Latch must turn freely and shield must be easily removed. NOT OK: Replace or
adjust latch. See your
Install shield and lock. authorized dealer.
LOOK/FEEL: Shield must install easily and fit tightly in place.
Repeat check on other engine shield.
– – –1/1
95-50 121500
PN=286
Heater or A/C Access A—HVAC Cover Knob OK: Go to next check.

Door Check
Turn knobs (A) on heater or air conditioner access cover NOT OK: Repair or
to loosen. Open heater or air conditioner access door. replace knobs. See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK/FEEL: Knobs must release, allowing heater or air
conditioner access door to open. Knobs must remain
attached to heater or air conditioner access door.
T130839C –UN–10MAY00
Close heater or air conditioner access door. Turn knobs
to tighten.
LOOK/FEEL: Knobs must hold heater or air conditioner

access door securely closed.
– – –1/1
Vandal Protection Check Check vandal locking tabs on following components: Fuel tank fill cap, hydraulic OK: Go to next check.
reservoir fill cap, transmission dipstick door, heater or A/C access door, and engine
side shields. NOT OK: Repair or
replace locking tabs. See
LOOK: Tabs must accept padlocks, and lock covers in place. your authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
Service Decal Check Open left side cab door. OK: Go to next check.
Check service decal on inside of left cab door. NOT OK: Replace
service decal. See your
LOOK: Service decal must be legible. authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
Frame Locking Bar Locate locking bar mounted on right side of machine. OK: Operational
Check Checkout completed.
LOOK: Locking bar must be pinned in place and painted red.
NOT OK: Replace locking
bar and pins. See your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
95-51 121500
PN=287
Troubleshooting
Using Troubleshooting Charts
NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from the

simplest to verify, to least likely, more difficult to
verify. When diagnosing a problem, use all
possible means to isolate the problem to a single
component or system. Use the following steps to
diagnose problems:
• Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure.

• Step 2. Troubleshooting charts.
• Step 3. Adjustments.
• Step 4. See your authorized dealer.
• For problems not listed, see your authorized
dealer.
TX,FF,105 –19–20MAR96–1/1
100-1 121500
PN=288
Troubleshooting
Engine
Symptom Problem Solution
Engine Will Not Start or Starts Fuel tank empty Check fuel quantity.
Hard
Fuel tank vent clogged Remove cap and listen to sound of

air entering tank. See your
authorized dealer.
Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel Drain water from primary fuel filter
line (water separator). (See Check and
Drain Primary Fuel Filter (Water
Separator in Maintenance—Every 10
Hours or Daily.) Change filters. (See
Separator) and Replace Final Fuel
Filter in Maintenance—Every 500
Hours.)
Debris in fuel or improper type of Check inlet strainer for debris. (See
fuel Clean Fuel Tank Filler Screen in
Maintenance—As Required.) Check
for debris in tank with a flashlight
through the filler neck. Check fuel.
(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
Air leak on suction side of fuel Check for bubbles in fuel filter(s) and
system tighten connections. Inspect fuel
lines for damaged lines. See your
authorized dealer.
No electrical power to injection pump Turn key switch to ON. Must hear
solenoid click at injection pump. Check fuse
F9.
Slow cranking speed Check battery and connections.
Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicator

and air filters. (See Inspect Air
Cleaner Elements in Maintenance—
As Required.)
Stuck injection pump metering valve Tap injection pump housing (lightly).
If engine now starts, see your
authorized dealer.
Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,306 –19–12MAY00–1/7
100-2 121500
PN=289
Troubleshooting
Engine Surges or Stalls Air in fuel Inspect filter for evidence of air in
Frequently fuel. Tighten connections and bleed
fuel system. (See Bleed Fuel System
in Maintenance.)
Fuel tank vent clogged Remove cap and listen to sound of

air entering tank. Replace cap. See
Debris in fuel or improper type of Check fuel tank inlet strainer and
fuel outlet strainer for debris. (See Clean
Fuel Tank Filler Screen in
tank for debris with a flashlight
through filler neck. Check fuel. (See
Water in fuel Drain water separator and inspect

filter element for water. (See Check
and Drain Primary Fuel Filter (Water
Separator) in Maintenance—Every
10 Hours or Daily.)
Fuel filter clogged Replace filter. (See Replace Primary

Fuel Filter (Water Separator) and
Replace Final Fuel Filter in
Maintenance—Every 500 Hours.)
Worn or broken compression rings See your authorized dealer.

or cylinder head gasket leaking
100-3 121500
PN=290
Troubleshooting
Engine Misses Air in fuel Check for evidence of air in filter.

Tighten connections and bleed fuel
system. (See Bleed Fuel System in
Maintenance.)
Debris in fuel or wrong fuel Check fuel tank inlet strainer and
outlet strainer for debris. (See Clean
Fuel Tank Filler Screen in
tank for debris with a flashlight
through filler neck. Check fuel. (See
Idle speeds out of adjustment (too Adjust speed control linkage. (See
low) Adjust Engine Speed Control
Linkage in Maintenance—Every
1000 hours.)
Engine Does Not Develop Full Fuel filter(s) clogged Replace filter(s). (See Replace
Power Primary Fuel Filter (Water Separator)
and Replace Final Fuel Filter in
Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel. (See

Air system restricted Check air filter restriction indicator

As Required.) Clean or replace. (See
Clean Dusty Primary Air Cleaner
Element in Maintenance—As
Required or Replace Air Cleaner
Elements in Maintenance—Every
1000 Hours.)
Incorrect high idle speed (too low) Adjust speed control linkage. (See
Adjust Engine Speed Control
1000 hours.)
100-4 121500
PN=291
Troubleshooting
Engine Emits Excessive Black or Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicator
Gray Exhaust Smoke and air filters. (See Inspect Air
1000 Hours.)
Incorrect grade of fuel Use correct grade of fuel. (See Fuels

and Lubricants chapter.)
Incorrect injection pump timing See your authorized dealer.
Air leak between turbocharger and Check. See your authorized dealer.
manifold
Engine Emits Excessive Blue or Cranking speed too slow Check batteries and connections.
White Smoke
Incorrect grade of fuel Use correct grade of fuel. (See Fuels

Slow Acceleration Improper fuel Use correct grade of fuel. (See Fuels
Detonation (Excess Engine Stuck starting aid applicator See your authorized dealer.
Knock)
Abnormal Engine Noise Low or incorrect engine oil Add correct oil to proper level. (See
Change oil. (See Change Engine Oil
and Replace Filter in Maintenance—
Every 250 Hours.)
Loose or worn hydraulic pump drive Inspect. See your authorized dealer.
coupling
Engine oil fuel diluted Inspect engine oil. Determine cause.

See your authorized dealer.
100-5 121500
PN=292
Troubleshooting
Low Oil Pressure Low oil level Inspect engine oil. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter.) Add oil to
proper level. (See Check Engine Oil
Level in Maintenance—Every 10
Hours or Daily.)
Wrong viscosity oil, or oil diluted with Inspect engine oil. (See Fuels and
diesel fuel Lubricants chapter.) Change oil.
(See Change Engine Oil and
Replace Filter in Maintenance—
Every 250 Hours.)
High Oil Pressure Wrong viscosity oil (too thick) Inspect engine oil. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter.) Change oil.
Every 250 Hours.)
100-6 121500
PN=293
Troubleshooting
Engine Overheats Low coolant level Fill cooling system and check for
leaks. (See Servicing the Cooling
System in Maintenance.)
Low engine oil level Add oil to proper level. (See Check
Engine Oil Level in Maintenance—
Every 10 Hours or Daily.)
Loose or broken fan belt Tighten or replace belt. (See Inspect

Serpentine Belt in Maintenance—As
Required.)
Fan on backwards Check for correct fan installation.

Radiator dirty or clogged Check air flow. Clean radiator. (See

Clean Debris from Condenser and
Oil Cooler—If Equipped, and
Radiator in Maintenance—As
Required.)
Radiator shroud missing or Inspect. Repair or replace. See your

damaged, or baffles missing authorized dealer.
Engine overloaded or operating in Reduce load.

wrong gear
Improper fuel Use correct grade of fuel. (See Fuels

Damaged radiator cap Replace cap.
Thermostats missing, cooling system Flush cooling system. (See Servicing

coated with lime deposits the Cooling System in Maintenance.)
100-7 121500
PN=294
Troubleshooting
Excessive Fuel Consumption Air system restricted Check air filter restriction indicator
1000 Hours.)
Leakage in fuel system Inspect. See your authorized dealer.
Incorrect grade of fuel Drain, refill with correct fuel. (See

Oil Dripping From Turbocharger Engine idling too much. Reduce idling engine. See your
Adapter authorized dealer.
Dirt entering engine. Check vent tube to ensure tube is

not clogged. Clean. (See Clean
Crankcase Vent Tube in
Maintenance.)
Turbocharger oil return line carbon See your authorized dealer.

build up where line passes exhaust
manifold
CED,OUO1079,306 –19–12MAY00–7/7
100-8 121500
PN=295
Troubleshooting
Electrical System
Nothing Works Battery disconnect switch turned Turn battery disconnect switch ON.
OFF
Batteries Will Not Take a Charge Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten.
Battery water level low Add water.
Battery Install new batteries.
Serpentine belt loose Tighten or install new belt. (See

Inspect Serpentine Belt in
Maintenance—As Required.)
Broken wire between alternator and See your authorized dealer.

battery
Battery Uses Too Much Water Cracked battery case Replace battery.
High ambient temperature Refill with water.
Shorted cell Check if one or more cells take more

water than the others. Check specific
gravity. (See Checking Electrolyte
Specific Gravity in Maintenance.)
Cracked Battery Case No battery hold-down clamp Replace battery and install
hold-down clamp.
Loose battery hold-down clamp Replace battery and install

hold-down clamp.
Battery hold-down clamp too tight Replace battery and install battery
hold-down clamp correctly.
Frozen battery Replace battery. Keep battery fully

charged in cold weather.
100-9 121500
PN=296
Troubleshooting
Low Battery Output Low water level Add water.
Dirty or wet battery top, causing Clean and wipe battery top dry.
discharge
Corroded or loose battery cables Clean and tighten battery cables.
Broken battery post Wiggle battery post by hand. If post

wiggles or turns, replace battery.
Low battery voltage Measure "stabilized" battery voltage.

Stabilize voltage by actuating horn
for 30 seconds. If stabilized voltage
is below 12 volts, charge battery.
Battery cell Measure specific gravity of each cell.

If more than 50 points between cells,
replace battery. (See Checking
Electrolyte Specific Gravity in
Maintenance.)
100-10 121500
PN=297
Troubleshooting
Starter Does Not Work or Turns Hydraulic load Turn steering wheel back and forth
Slowly to relieve hydraulic pressure while
engine is turning.
Excessive electrical load Remove excessive load or install

larger alternator. See your
authorized dealer.
Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten.
Low battery power Check specific gravity of electrolyte.

(See Checking Electrolyte Specific
Gravity in Maintenance.)
Wrong viscosity engine oil Inspect engine oil. (See Fuels and
Every 250 Hours.)
Blown starter and park start fuse Replace fuse F2.
Corroded, loose, or broken battery Wiggle battery post by hand. If post

post wiggles or turns, replace battery.
Low battery voltage See Low Battery Output.
Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor or corroded connections at Inspect, clean, and tighten if
battery, battery ground strap, or necessary.
starter
Engine Alternator Voltage Loose or glazed alternator belt Check belt. Replace if glazed,
Indicator is ON tighten if loose. (See Inspect
Serpentine Belt in Maintenance—As
Required.)
Engine rpm low Raise engine rpm above 1000 rpm.

If indicator remains on, see your
authorized dealer.
100-11 121500
PN=298
Troubleshooting
Engine Alternator Voltage Battery terminal wire on alternator to Inspect and repair. See your
Indicator OFF but Battery Not batteries broken authorized dealer.
Recharging
Battery problem Replace batteries.
Charging Indicator Light OFF but Indicator bulb Turn key to ON position for bulb
Low Charging System Voltage check. Replace any bulbs that do
not light.
Gauge or Gauges Do Not Work Fuse Replace fuses F12 and F13.
Monitor Indicators Do Not Light Light bulb Turn key to ON position for bulb
check. Replace any bulbs that do
not light.
Accessory Does Not Work Fuse Replace fuses F28 and F29.
Poor ground connection Connect accessory housing to frame

using a jumper wire. If accessory
works, ground connection is
corroded or loose.
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Low oil level Add engine oil. (See Check Engine
Lights and Alarm Sounds During Oil Level in Maintenance—Every 10
Operation Hours or Daily.)
Wrong engine oil Inspect engine oil. (See Fuels and

Every 250 Hours.)
Engine Alternator Voltage Electrical circuit Check alternator belt, battery charge,
Indicator Lights During Operation regulator. See your authorized
dealer.
Hydraulic Filter Indicator Lights Hydraulic filter clogged Replace filter. (See Replace
During Operation Hydraulic Oil Filter in Maintenance—
Every 500 hours.)
100-12 121500
PN=299
Troubleshooting
Engine Coolant Temperature Engine is overheated. Could be low Add coolant. (See Check Radiator
Indicator Lights and Alarm coolant level or clogged radiator Coolant Level in Maintenance—
Sounds During Operation Every 500 Hours.) Clean debris from
radiator. (See Clean Debris from
Condenser and Oil Cooler—If
Equipped, and Radiator in
Engine Air Filter Restriction Air cleaner element clogged Check air filter restriction indicator
Indicator Lights During Operation and air filters. (See Inspect Air
1000 Hours.)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Coolant or hydraulic oil level low Check for leaks. Check coolant level
Indicator Lights During Operation and add if necessary. (See Check
Radiator Coolant Level in
Check hydraulic oil level and add if
necessary. (See Check Hydraulic
System Oil Level in Maintenance—
Transmission Oil Temperature Transmission is overheated Check and clean transmission oil
Indicator Lights and Alarm cooler. (See Clean Debris from
Sounds During Operation Condenser and Oil Cooler—If
Transmission Oil Pressure Transmission oil pressure is too low Check transmission oil level and add
Indicator Lights and Alarm oil if necessary. (See Check
Sounds During Operation Transmission Oil Level in
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or
Daily.) Change transmission oil filter.
(See Replace Transmission Oil Filter
in Maintenance—Every 500 Hours.)
Coolant low Add coolant. (See Check Radiator

Coolant Level in Maintenance—
Every 500 Hours.)
100-13 121500
PN=300
Troubleshooting
Transmission Oil Filter Indicator Transmission oil filter is clogged Change transmission oil filter. (See
Lights During Operation Replace Transmission Oil Filter in
Park Brake Indicator ON, Brake low pressure switch See your authorized dealer.
Machine Will Not Move
CED,OUO1079,307 –19–12MAY00–6/6
100-14 121500
PN=301
Troubleshooting
Transmission
Transmission Shifts to NEUTRAL Electrical malfunction Shift to NEUTRAL. Shift to desired

gear.
Transmission Control and Park Moving shift lever too fast Slowly shift lever out of PARK.
Brake Lever Shifts from PARK to
Gear, but Transmission Remains
in NEUTRAL
Transmission Overfills With Oil Differential lock seal failure See your authorized dealer.
Transmission Slippage (Oil Low oil level Check transmission oil level and add
Pressure Indicator May or May oil if necessary. (See Check
Not Come ON When Shifting Transmission Oil Level in
Between Speeds) Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or
Daily.)
Restricted transmission oil filter Replace transmission oil filter. (See

Replace Transmission Oil Filter in
Maintenance—Every 500 hours.)
Pressure regulating valve housing See your authorized dealer.

gasket, or shift valve housing gasket
leakage
Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low oil level (aeration of oil) Check transmission oil level and add
(Machine Stops When Changing oil if necessary. (See Check
Gears) Transmission Oil Level in
Daily.)
Erratic Shift (Wrong Gears or No Control valve cables or lever pivots See your authorized dealer.
Gear Change When Gearshift is binding
Moved)
Machine Will Not Move in Any Park brake fuse Replace fuse F1.
Gear and Park Brake Indicator is
ON (No Load Put on Engine
When Shifted into Gear).
Air in park brake sensor valve Bleed park brake sensor valve. See
100-15 121500
PN=302
Troubleshooting
Machine Will Not Move in Any No system pressure, transmission oil Check transmission oil level and add
Gear (No Load Put on Engine pressure indicator ON oil if necessary. (See Check
When Shifted Into Gear) Transmission Oil Level in
Daily.) Replace transmission oil filter.
(See Replace Transmission Oil Filter
in Maintenance—Every 500 hours.)
Clutch control valve linkage Perform Clutch Operational Check.
Machine "Creeps" in NEUTRAL Transmission overfilled with oil Check transmission oil level. (See
Check Transmission Oil Level in
Daily.) Drain excess transmission oil
if necessary. (See Change
Transmission Oil, Replace Filter, and
Clean Suction Screen in
Load Put On Engine When Warped disks and plates in See your authorized dealer.
Service Brakes Are Applied transmission
(Transmission in NEUTRAL)
Park Brake Comes ON When Broken brake line or hose See your authorized dealer.
Brakes Are Applied (No Load on
Engine While in Gear.)
Low brake accumulator precharge See your authorized dealer.
Transmission System Overheats Transmission overfilled with oil Check transmission oil level. (See
Check Transmission Oil Level in
Daily.) Drain excess transmission oil
if necessary. (See Change
Transmission Oil, Replace Filter, and
Clean Suction Screen in
100-16 121500
PN=303
Troubleshooting
Transmission Slippage Transmission filter restricted Replace. (See Replace Transmission

Oil Filter in Maintenance—Every 500
hours.)
Low air flow through oil cooler and/or Clean debris from radiator and oil
radiator cooler. (See Clean Debris from
Condenser and Oil Cooler—If
fan, shroud, and baffles for damage
and correct installation. See your
authorized dealer.
Excessive Transmission Noise Engine idles too slow Adjust engine idle speed. (See
Under Load or No Load Adjust Engine Speed Control
1000 Hours.)
Engine is not timed correctly See your authorized dealer.
Winch drive shaft yokes not in line Inspect drive shaft yokes. See your
authorized dealer.
CED,OUO1079,308 –19–12MAY00–3/3
100-17 121500
PN=304
Troubleshooting
Park Brake
Park Brake Comes ON While Low service brake accumulator Replace brake accumulator. See
Using a Hydraulic Function precharge your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Comes ON While Leak in brake system Inspect and repair. See your
Using Service Brake authorized dealer.
Low service brake accumulator Replace brake accumulator. See

precharge your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Comes ON While Low service brake accumulator Replace brake accumulator. See
Using Service Brakes and a precharge your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Function
Transmission Shifts to NEUTRAL Switch in shift console out of Inspect and repair. See your
adjustment authorized dealer.
Shift lever linkage loose or out of Inspect and repair. See your
Air in park brake/EOV circuit Bleed air from EOV valve. See your
authorized dealer.
Park Brake Engages While Park brake switch malfunction Adjust or replace park brake switch
Machine is Moving in shift console. See your authorized
dealer.
Park Brake Releases Switch in shift console out of Inspect and repair. See your
Shift lever linkage loose or out of Inspect and repair. See your
Shift cables loose or out of Inspect and repair. See your

CED,OUO1079,309 –19–12MAY00–1/1
100-18 121500
PN=305
Troubleshooting
Axle Differential
No Differential Lock Operation Fuse blown Inspect and replace fuse F3.
CED,OUO1079,310 –19–12MAY00–1/1
Service Brakes
Brakes Drag Brake valve stop screw Adjust stop screw. (See Brake Pedal
Adjustment in Maintenance.)
Park Brake Comes ON When Brake hose or line leak Inspect and repair. See your
Applying Brake authorized dealer.
Brake accumulator precharge low Inspect and recharge or replace

brake accumulator. See your
authorized dealer.
CED,OUO1079,311 –19–12MAY00–1/1
100-19 121500
PN=306
Troubleshooting
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic System Overheating Low hydraulic oil level Check hydraulic oil level and add if
necessary. (See Check Hydraulic
Wrong oil (wrong viscosity, oil too Inspect hydraulic oil. (See Fuels and
thin) Lubricants chapter.) Change
hydraulic oil and filter. (See Change
Hydraulic Oil in Maintenance—Every
1000 Hours and Replace Hydraulic
Oil Filter in Maintenance—Every 500
Hours.)
Oil flow through oil cooler restricted Check for kinked or restricted hoses.
Oil cooler air flow restricted Clean oil cooler. (See Clean Debris
from Condenser and Oil Cooler—If
Low Hydraulic Power (Low Low oil level (oil aerated) Check hydraulic oil level and add if
Hydraulic Pressure) necessary. (See Check Hydraulic
Hydraulic Sump Overfills with Oil Cooling pump shaft seal See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Oil Overheating Oil cooler flow restriction Check for kinked or restricted hoses.
CED,OUO1079,312 –19–12MAY00–1/1
Steering System
Steering Valve Locks Up Thermal shock See your authorized dealer.
Erratic (Spongy) Steering; Low oil level (oil aerated) Check hydraulic oil level and add if
Machine "Wanders" or Will Not necessary. (See Check Hydraulic
Steer in a Straight Line System Oil Level in Maintenance—
CED,OUO1079,313 –19–12MAY00–1/1
100-20 121500
PN=307
Troubleshooting
Winch
Excessive Lever Effort Linkage binding Clean and apply lubricant to moving
parts.
Control cable damaged Inspect, replace. See your

authorized dealer.
Clutch Slips Low transmission oil level Check, add oil. (See Check
Transmission Oil Level in
Daily.)
Transmission oil filter restricted Replace transmission oil filter. (See

(transmission pressure indicator ON) Replace Transmission Oil Filter in
Excessive Free Spool Effort Snarled cable Straighten or replace cable.
Free spool drag too tight Adjust free spool drag adjusting
screw. (See Winch FREE SPOOL
Drag Adjustment in Operating the
Machine.)
Cable binding against winch housing Rewrap cable evenly.
Winch Will Not Free Spool Transmission filter restricted Replace transmission oil filter. (See
(transmission pressure light ON) Replace Transmission Oil Filter in
Transmission Oil Level Varies Winch housing not completely full of Remove cable from winch. Operate
Excessively oil winch POWER IN function and
check transmission oil periodically
until transmission oil stabilizes.
Winch Makes Grinding Noise Normal operating condition When the drum is moving and the
When Going from FREE SPOOL free spool clutch engages the drum,
to BRAKE ON noise is generated as the free spool
hub enters the drum splines.
CED,OUO1079,314 –19–12MAY00–1/1
Service Codes
NOTE: If any service codes should appear in the monitor

display (F3XX, ERR), see your authorized dealer.
TX,100,RB183 –19–12MAY00–1/1
100-21 121500
PN=308
Storage
Prepare Machine for Storage
1. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, if
–UN–09NOV88
necessary, to avoid needless delays later.
2. Clean primary air cleaner element.
T47764
CED,OUO1079,215 –19–18APR00–1/3
IMPORTANT: High pressure washing [greater than

1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] can
damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days
minimum after receipt of machine
before cleaning parts or machine with
–UN–09FEB89
high pressure. Use low pressure wash
operations until 30 days have elapsed.
3. Wash the machine. [Use low pressure wash operations
T5813AM
(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) until 30 days
after receipt of machine.] Paint areas to prevent rust.
Replace decals, where needed.
4. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.
IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroy

painted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3
Rust Inhibitor on painted surfaces.
5. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat

exposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.
6. Lubricate all grease points.
7. If possible, raise machine high enough so tires do not

touch the ground. If not, park on a hard surface to
prevent tires from freezing to ground.
8. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If stored

outside, cover with a waterproof material.
LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation. Continued on next page CED,OUO1079,215 –19–18APR00–2/3
105-1 121500
PN=309
Storage
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage from

unauthorized persons operating
machine. Attach a "DO NOT OPERATE"
tag to steering wheel.
9. Place a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag on the steering

wheel.
10. Close all vent louvers in the cab headliner.
11. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.
–19–22APR91
T7447AO
CED,OUO1079,215 –19–18APR00–3/3
Monthly Storage Procedure
CAUTION: Engine exhaust fumes can cause

sickness or death. Start engine ONLY in a
well-ventilated area.
–UN–18OCT88
1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when air
temperature is above freezing.
2. Remove LPS 3 from cylinder rods with a cleaning
T6191AA
solvent.
LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation. Continued on next page TX,105,JC1434 –19–06AUG96–1/2
105-2 121500
PN=310
Storage
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.

During cold temperatures, check fluidity
of engine oil on dipstick. If the oil
appears waxy and/or jelly-like rather
than liquid, DO NOT attempt to start
engine. Use external heat source to
–UN–18OCT88
warm the crankcase until oil appears
fluid.
3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and add
T6181AU
oil as required.
4. Check belts.
5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.
6. Check electrolyte level. Charge and install battery.
7. Check condition of tires. Check tire pressure.
8. Fill fuel tank. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
9. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings:
a. Remove fuel shut-off fuse.
b. Crank engine for 10 seconds.
c. Install fuel shut-off fuse.
10. Start engine. Run several minutes at 1/2 speed for 5

minutes.
11. If engine fails to start or runs poorly after starting,

change fuel filter. Bleed fuel system again.
12. Make sure that area is clear to allow for machine

movement. Operate (cycle) blade, and grapple for
three complete cycles.
13. Drive machine for 5 minutes shifting gears

approximately every minute.
14. Park machine, turn key switch to OFF. Apply LPS 3

Rust Inhibitor to the exposed cylinder rod areas.
TX,105,JC1434 –19–06AUG96–2/2
105-3 121500
PN=311
Machine Numbers
Record Product Identification Number (PIN)
Purchase Date (A)
NOTE: Record all 13 characters of the Product

Identification Number.
–UN–27APR00
A—PIN Tag
T130654B
CED,OUO1079,315 –19–12MAY00–1/1
Record Engine Serial Number

Engine Serial Number (A)
–UN–08JAN98
A—Engine Serial Number Tag
T112025
TX,110,JC1349 –19–12MAY00–1/1
Record Winch Serial Number
Winch Serial Number (A)
–UN–27APR00
A—Winch Serial Number Tag
T130655B
TX,120,RR,1937 –19–12MAY00–1/1
Record Transmission Serial Number

Transmission Serial Number (A)
–UN–03APR00
A—Transmission Serial Number Tag

T129566B
CED,OUO1079,101 –19–12MAY00–1/1
110-1 121500
PN=312
Specifications
360D Cable Skidder Dimensions
–UN–05DEC90
T7409BX
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change 80 kg (175 lb) operator, and standard
without notice. Whenever applicable, equipment.
specifications are in accordance with ICED
and SAE standards. Except where otherwise NOTE: Side view dimensions are for machine
noted, these specifications are based on a unit equipped with 28L-26 10 PR LS2 tires and
with roll-over protective structure, full fuel tank, adjustable log arch.
A—Overall Height Height 3011 mm (9 ft 10.5 in.)
A—Overall Height with Height 3171 mm (10 ft 4.8 in.)

Factory-Installed Water Tank
B—Main Fairlead Roller Height Height 2110 mm (6 ft 11.1 in.)
C—Auxiliary Position Fairlead Roller Height 1925 mm (6 ft 3.8 in.)

Height
D—Wheelbase Length 2920 mm (9 ft 7 in.)
E—Overall Length Length 6330 mm (20 ft 9 in.)
Continued on next page TX03679,0001742 –19–07SEP00–1/3
115-1 121500
PN=313
Specifications
F—Front Axle to Articulation Joint Distance 1575 mm (5 ft 2 in.)
G—Front Axle to Front of Machine Distance 1507 mm (4 ft 11 in.)
H—Front Axle To Blade Cutting Distance 2112 mm (6 ft 11.1 in.)

Edge Arc
I—Maximum Blade Dig Below Depth 288 mm (11.3 in.)

Ground
J—Maximum Blade Lift Above Height 1220 mm (3 ft 11.6 in.)

Ground
115-2 121500
PN=314
Specifications
–UN–24APR00
B
C
T130442
T130442
Tire—23.1-26 Ground Clearance 498 mm (19.6 in.)

Wheel Tread 2.21 m (7 ft 3 in.)
Overall Width 2.79 m (9 ft 2 in.)
Tire—28L-26 Ground Clearance 514 mm (20.2 in.)

Overall Width 3 m (9 ft 10 in.)

Wheel Tread 2.38 m (7 ft 9.5 in.)
Tire—23.1-26 (Narrow Gauge) Ground Clearance 498 mm (19.6 in.)

Tire—28L-26 (Narrow Gauge) Ground Clearance 514 mm (20.2 in.)


TX03679,0001742 –19–07SEP00–3/3
115-3 121500
PN=315
Specifications
360D Cable Skidder Specifications

ENGINE: The POWERTECH 6.8 liter engine is engineered and manufactured by John Deere. Replaceable wet-type cylinder liners provide
superior heat dissipation. High strength alloy cylinder heads have replaceable valve seat inserts for longer service life. Cast aluminum pistons
provide good heat transfer while pistons are sprayed with cooling oil for longer engine life. A high efficiency turbocharger maximizes engine
performance.
John Deere POWERTECH 6068T with

Altitude-Compensating,
Spark-Arresting Turbocharger
Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power 89 kW (119 SAE net hp)

95 kW (127 SAE gross hp)
Displacement Volume 6.8 L (414 cu in.)
Cylinders Quantity 6
Fuel Consumption, Typical Consumption 14—21 L/hr (3.7—5.5 gph)
Maximum Net Torque Rise Torque 39% @ 1400 rpm 537 N•m (398
lb-ft)
Electrical System:
Standard Alternator Amperage 65-amp
Optional Alternator Amperage 95-amp
Battery Voltage Two 12-volt
Operating Weight:
With Standard Equipment Weight 9933 kg (21,990 lb) Approximate
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,0001743 –19–07SEP00–1/2
115-4 121500
PN=316
Specifications
TRANSMISSION: The eight forward and seven reverse speed direct drive powershift transmission is engineered and manufactured by John
Deere specifically for skidders. The transmission charge pump is externally mounted for ease of service.
AXLES: John Deere Team Mate II axles, 1200 Series, have heavy-duty inboard mounted planetary type gears that distribute shock loads
evenly. Hydraulically applied differential lock in both front and rear axles is standard.
BRAKES: Hydraulic annular style wet disk brakes are inboard mounted on both front and rear axles as standard equipment. Completely
sealed running in a cooling oil bath, they are self-adjusting, self-equalizing and require no periodic service. A spring applied hydraulically
released wet multiple disk parking brake is transmission mounted. It is automatically applied when the engine is off. It can be manually
applied by placing the transmission control lever in the park position.
STEERING: A load and speed sensing power steering system provides quick response and power for easy maneuvering for woods
operations. The 90° (45° each direction) of frame articulation provides exceptional maneuverability.
HYDRAULICS: An axial piston pressure compensated pump forms the heart of the quick, responsive and powerful hydraulic system. The
closed center hydraulic system is separate from the transmission to enhance overall reliability of both systems.
Steering:
28L-26 Tire Size Turning Radius 5.51 m (18 ft 1 in.)
Hydraulics:
Hydraulic Pump @ 2200 rpm, 20 Flow Rate 102 L/min (27 gpm)
684 kPa (3,000 psi)
Cable Arch:
Horizontal Roller Diameter 152 mm (6 in.)
Vertical Rollers (Through Diameter 114 mm (4.5 in.)

Hardened Steel)
TX03679,0001743 –19–07SEP00–2/2
115-5 121500
PN=317
Specifications

Capacities
Fuel Tank Capacity 159 L (42 gal) Approximate
Cooling System Capacity 28.4 L (30 qt) Approximate
Engine Oil, Including Filter Capacity 19 L (5 gal) Approximate
Transmission Oil Capacity 29.3 L (7.75 gal) Approximate
Differential (Front) Oil—1200 Series Capacity 17.9 L (18.9 qt) Approximate
Differential (Rear) Oil—1200 Series Capacity 24.6 L (26 qt) Approximate
Winch Oil—4000 Series Capacity 35.2 L (9.3 gal) Approximate
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Capacity 30.3 L (8 gal) Approximate
Cab Hydraulic Pump System Oil Capacity 2 L (2 qt) Approximate
TX03679,0001708 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-6 121500
PN=318
Specifications

WINCH—4000 SERIES: The direct drive 4000 winch with wet multiple disk clutch and spring applied, hydraulically released brake is John
Deere engineered and manufactured. Low friction drum seals and an adjustable free spool feature increase operating ease. It is controlled by
a single lever that has been conveniently located for the operator.
8-in. Drum—15.8 mm (0.625 in.) Capacity 77.4 m (254 ft) Approximate

Cable

Cable

Cable
8-in. Drum—25.4 mm (1.0 in.) Cable Capacity 30.5 m (100 ft) Approximate

Cable
10-in. Drum—19.1 mm (0.75 in.) Capacity 43 m (141 ft) Approximate

Cable

Cable

Cable
NOTE: Cable capacity is calculated with no allowance

made for loose or uneven spooling.
Linepull @ Peak Engine and 15.8

mm (0.625 in.) Cable
Bare Drum—4000 (8-in. Drum— Force 155 kN (34,786 lb)

High Speed)

Standard Speed)
Bare Drum—4000 (10-in. Drum) Force 147 kN (32,985 lb)
Full Drum—4000 (8-in. Drum— Force 95 kN (21,437 lb)

High Speed)
115-7 121500
PN=319
Specifications

Standard Speed)
Full Drum—4000 (10-in. Drum) Force 111 kN (24,974 lb)
Line Speed @ 2,200 and 15.8 mm

(0.625 in.) Cable
Bare Drum—4000 (8-in. Drum— Rate 44.5 m/min (146 fpm)

High Speed)

Standard Speed)
Bare Drum—4000 (10-in. Drum) Rate 47.9 m/min (157 fpm)
Full Drum—4000 (8-in. Drum— Rate 73.8 m/min (242 fpm)

High Speed)

Standard Speed)
Full Drum—4000 (10-in. Drum) Rate 63.4 m/min (208 fpm)
TX03679,0001709 –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-8 121500
PN=320
Specifications
360D Grapple Skidder Dimensions
–UN–02FEB94
T8393AD
A—Maximum Boom Height Height 2991 mm (9 ft 10 in.)
B—Overall Length Length 6330 mm (20 ft 9 in.)
C—Overall Height Height 3010 mm (9 ft 10.5 in.)
C—Overall Height with Height 3170 mm (10 ft 4.8 in.)

D—Maximum Blade Lift Above Height 1210 mm (3 ft 11.6 in.)

Ground
E—Maximum Blade Dig Below Depth 288 mm (11.3 in.)

Ground
F—Front Axle to Front of Machine Distance 1507 mm (4 ft 11 in.)
Continued on next page TX03679,000170A –19–31AUG00–1/3
115-9 121500
PN=321
Specifications
G—Front Axle To Blade Cutting Distance 2112 mm (6 ft 11.1 in.)

Edge Arc
H—Front Axle to Articulation Joint Distance 1575 mm (5 ft 2 in.)
I—Wheelbase Distance 2920 mm (9 ft 7 in.)
J—Reach of Grapple at Ground Distance 1970 mm (6 ft 5.6 in.)

Level
K—Height of Grapple from Ground Height 864 mm (2 ft 10 in.)

Level
Continued on next page TX03679,000170A –19–31AUG00–2/3
115-10 121500
PN=322
Specifications
–UN–24APR00
B
C
T130442
T130442



Overall Width 3.11 m (10 ft 2.5 in.)



TX03679,000170A –19–31AUG00–3/3
115-11 121500
PN=323
Specifications
360D Grapple Skidder Specifications

performance.


lb-ft)
Electrical System:
Operating Weight:
With Standard Equipment Weight 9861 kg (21,740 lb) Approximate
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,000170B –19–31AUG00–1/2
115-12 121500
PN=324
Specifications
Steering:
Hydraulics:
684 kPa (3,000 psi)
Cable Arch:

Hardened Steel)
TX03679,000170B –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-13 121500
PN=325
Specifications
360D Grapple Skidder
–UN–02FEB94
T8411AI
GRAPPLE: The grapple has been engineered to provide durability and performance. A grease adjustable oscillation damper improves
component life and reduces maintenance requirements. Constant pressure to keep the grapple closed on the load is a standard feature.
Grapple shape and clamping force have been engineered to maximize load retention.
A—Tong Opening at Tips Distance 2160 mm (85 in.)
B—Minimum Diameter of Stem Diameter 124 mm (5 in.)
C—Enclosure Area Tongs Tip-to-Tip Area 0.75 sq m (8 sq ft)
TX03679,000170C –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-14 121500
PN=326
Specifications

Capacities
TX03679,000170E –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-15 121500
PN=327
Specifications

Grapple Skidder

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable



High Speed)

Standard Speed)
115-16 121500
PN=328
Specifications

High Speed)

Standard Speed)

(0.625 in.) Cable

High Speed)

Standard Speed)

High Speed)

Standard Speed)
TX03679,0001744 –19–07SEP00–2/2
115-17 121500
PN=329
Specifications
460D Cable Skidder Dimensions
–UN–05DEC90
T7409BX
A—Overall Height Height 3023 mm (9 ft 11 in.)
A—Overall Height with Height 3183 mm (10 ft 5.3 in.)

B—Main Fairlead Roller Height Height 2110 mm (6 ft 11.1 in.)
C—Auxiliary Position Fairlead Roller Height 1925 mm (6 ft 3.8 in.)

Height
D—Wheelbase Length 3430 mm (11 ft 3 in.)
E—Overall Length Length 7230 mm (23 ft 8.6 in.)
115-18 121500
PN=330
Specifications
F—Front Axle to Articulation Joint Distance 1727 mm (5 ft 8 in.)
G—Front Axle to Front of Machine Distance 1685 mm (5 ft 6.3 in.)
H—Front Axle To Blade Cutting Distance 2292 mm (7 ft 6 in.)

Edge Arc
I—Maximum Blade Dig Below Depth 367 mm (14.5 in.)

Ground
J—Maximum Blade Lift Above Height 1308 mm (4 ft 3.5 in.)

Ground
115-19 121500
PN=331
Specifications
–UN–24APR00
B
C
T130442
T130442







TX03679,000170F –19–31AUG00–3/3
115-20 121500
PN=332
Specifications
460D Cable Skidder Specifications

performance.

lb-ft)
Electrical System:
Operating Weight:
With Standard Equipment Weight 10 841 kg (23,900 lb) Approximate
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,0001710 –19–31AUG00–1/2
115-21 121500
PN=333
Specifications
Steering:
Hydraulics:
684 kPa (3,000 psi)
Cable Arch:

Hardened Steel)
TX03679,0001710 –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-22 121500
PN=334
Specifications

Capacities
Differential (Front) Oil—SWEDA Capacity 32 L (34 qt) Approximate

Series
Differential (Rear) Oil—SWEDA Capacity 50 L (53 qt) Approximate

Series
Winch Oil—6000 Series Capacity 45.5 L (12 gal Approximate)
TX03679,0001711 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-23 121500
PN=335
Specifications

Cable Skidder

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable



High Speed)

Standard Speed)
115-24 121500
PN=336
Specifications

High Speed)

Standard Speed)

(0.625 in.) Cable

High Speed)

Standard Speed)

High Speed)

Standard Speed)
TX03679,0001712 –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-25 121500
PN=337
Specifications

Cable Skidder

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable


Bare Drum—6000 Force 182 kN (41,047 lb)
Full Drum—6000 Force 116 kN (26,071 lb)
Line Speed @ 2200 and 15.8 mm

(0.625 in.) Cable
Bare Drum—6000 Rate 44.2 m/min (145 fpm)
Full Drum—6000 Rate 69.5 m/min (228 fpm)
TX03679,0001713 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-26 121500
PN=338
Specifications
–UN–02FEB94
T8393AD
A—Maximum Boom Height (Single Height 3195 mm (10 ft 6 in.)

Function)
A—Maximum Boom Height (Dual Height 3680 mm (12 ft 1 in.)

Function)
B—Overall Length (Single Function) Length 7230 mm (23 ft 8.6 in.)
B—Overall Length (Dual Function) Length 7345 mm (24 ft 1 in.)
C—Overall Height Height 3030 mm (9 ft 11 in.)
C—Overall Height with Height 3190 mm (10 ft 5 in.)

D—Maximum Blade Lift Above Height 1310 mm (4 ft 4 in.)

Ground
115-27 121500
PN=339
Specifications
E—Maximum Blade Dig Below Depth 367 mm (1 ft 2.4 in.)

Ground
G—Front Axle To Blade Cutting Distance 2292 mm (7 ft 6 in.)

Edge Arc
I—Wheelbase (Single Function) Distance 3430 mm (11 ft 3 in.)
I—Wheelbase (Dual Function) Distance 3683 mm (12 ft 1 in.)

Level (Single Function)
J—Reach of Grapple at Ground Distance 1536 mm (5 ft 1 in.)

Level (Dual Function)


115-28 121500
PN=340
Specifications
–UN–24APR00
B
C
T130442
T130442





TX03679,0001717 –19–31AUG00–3/3
115-29 121500
PN=341
Specifications

performance.

lb-ft)
Electrical System:
Operating Weight:
Single Function with Standard Weight 12 083 kg (26,639 lb) Approximate

Equipment
Dual Function with Standard Weight 12 768 kg (28,150 lb) Approximate

Equipment
115-30 121500
PN=342
Specifications
AXLES: John Deere Team Mate II axles, 1200 Series and 1400 Series, have heavy-duty inboard mounted planetary type gears that distribute
shock loads evenly. Hydraulically applied differential lock in both front and rear axles is standard.
Steering:
Hydraulics:
684 kPa (3,000 psi)
Cable Arch:

Hardened Steel)
TX03679,0001718 –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-31 121500
PN=343
Specifications
–UN–02FEB94
T8411AI
Standard Grapple Head
A—Tong Opening at Tips Distance 2921 mm (9 ft 6 in.)
B—Minimum Diameter of Stem Diameter 140 mm (5.5 in.)
C—Enclosure Area Tongs Area 0.97 sq m (10.4 sq ft)

Tip-to-Tip
High Capacity Grapple Head

Tip-to-Tip
TX03679,0001719 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-32 121500
PN=344
Specifications

Capacities
Fuel Tank (Single Function) Capacity 273 L (72 gal) Approximate
Fuel Tank (Dual Function) Capacity 265 L (70 gal) Approximate
Differential (Front) Oil—1400 Series Capacity 31.2 L (33 qt) Approximate

Series
Differential (Rear) Oil—1400 Series Capacity 48 L (51 qt) Approximate

Series
TX03679,000171A –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-33 121500
PN=345
Specifications

Grapple Skidder

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable



High Speed)

Standard Speed)
Continued on next page TX03679,000171B –19–31AUG00–1/2
115-34 121500
PN=346
Specifications

High Speed)

Standard Speed)

(0.625 in.) Cable

High Speed)

Standard Speed)

High Speed)

Standard Speed)
TX03679,000171B –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-35 121500
PN=347
Specifications
–UN–02FEB94
T8393AD
noted, these specifications are based on a unit equipped with 30.5-32 12 PR LS2 tires and
with roll-over protective structure, full fuel tank, standard grapple head.
A—Maximum Boom Height (Single Height 3296 mm (10 ft 9.8 in.)

Function)
A—Maximum Boom Height (Dual Height 3781 mm (12 ft 4.9 in.)

Function)
B—Overall Length (Single Function) Length 7821 mm (25 ft 7.9 in.)
B—Overall Length (Dual Function) Length 7763 mm (25 ft 5.6 in.)
C—Overall Height Height 3130 mm (10 ft 3.1 in.)
C—Overall Height with Height 3290 mm (10 ft 9.4 in.)

D—Maximum Blade Lift Above Height 1500 mm (4 ft 11 in.)

Ground
115-36 121500
PN=348
Specifications
E—Maximum Blade Dig Below Depth 360 mm (1 ft 2 in.)

Ground
G—Front Axle To Blade Cutting Distance 2474 mm (8 ft 1.5 in.)

Edge Arc
I—Wheelbase Distance 3680 mm (12 ft 9 in.)

J—Reach of Grapple at Ground Distance 1547 mm (5 ft 1 in.)


K—Height of Grapple from Ground Height 1331 mm (4 ft 4.4 in.)

115-37 121500
PN=349
Specifications
–UN–24APR00
B
C
T130442
T130442


TX03679,0001721 –19–31AUG00–3/3
115-38 121500
PN=350
Specifications

performance.

Fuel Consumption, Typical Consumption 15—21.6 L/hr (4.0—5.7 gph)
lb-ft)
Electrical System:
Operating Weight:
Single Function with Standard Weight 14 288 kg (31,489 lb) Approximate

Equipment
Dual Function with Standard Weight 14 719 kg (32,450 lb) Approximate

Equipment
115-39 121500
PN=351
Specifications
Steering:
24.5-32 Tire Size Turning Radius 6.4 m (21.0 ft)
Hydraulics:
684 kPa (3,000 psi)
Cable Arch:

Hardened Steel)
TX03679,0001722 –19–31AUG00–2/2
115-40 121500
PN=352
Specifications
–UN–02FEB94
T8411AI
Standard Grapple Head

Tip-to-Tip
High Capacity Grapple Head
B—Minimum Diameter of Stem Diameter 152 mm (6 in.)

Tip-to-Tip
TX03679,0001723 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-41 121500
PN=353
Specifications

Capacities
Engine Oil, Including Filter Capacity 23.7 L (6.25 gal) Approximate
Differential (Front) Oil—1400 Series Capacity 31.2 L (33 qt) Approximate

Series
Differential (Rear) Oil—1400 Series Capacity 48 L (51 qt) Approximate

Series
Winch Oil—6000 Series Capacity 45.5 L (12 gal) Approximate
TX03679,0001724 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-42 121500
PN=354
Specifications


Cable

Cable

Cable

Cable


Bare Drum Force 208 kN (46,861 lb)
Full Drum Force 135 kN (29,763 lb)
Line Speed @ 2200 and 15.8 mm

(0.625 in.) Cable
Bare Drum Rate 44.2 m/min (145 fpm)
Full Drum Rate 69.5 m/min (228 fpm)
TX03679,0001725 –19–31AUG00–1/1
115-43 121500
PN=355
Specifications
Ground Speeds
Ground Speeds
Gear Tire Size
23.1-26 28L-26 24.5-32 30.5-32
CED,OUO1079,118 –19–05APR00–1/1
115-44 121500
PN=356
Crime Prevention Tips
Help Prevent Crime
You can help take a bite out of crime by properly

documenting ownership and discouraging theft.
–19–07OCT88
TS140
DX,CRPRV,A –19–03MAR93–1/1
Record Identification Numbers
1. Mark your machines with your own unique numbering

system.
2. Record the Product Identification Number (PIN) of the

unit and also individual component identification
numbers for engines, axles, pumps, etc. Include the
PIN numbers on all documentation, such as insurance,
financial, and warranty papers.
TX03679,0001737 –19–07SEP00–1/1
Keep Proof of Ownership
1. Take color photographs from several angles of each

machine.
2. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all your machines.
–UN–23MAR89
3. Keep your documented identification numbers, color
photographs, and inventory in a safe, secure location.
TS157
DX,CRPRV,I –19–04JUN90–1/1
Park Indoors Out of Sight
Make machines hard to move:
• Park large equipment in front of exits.

• Lower equipment to the ground. Remove key.
• Remove battery when unit is in storage.
–UN–23MAR89
• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.

• Lock building.
TS158
DX,CRPRV,J –19–04JUN90–1/1
120-1 121500
PN=357
When Parking Outdoors
Make machines hard to move:
• Park in a well-lighted, fenced area.

• Lower all equipment to the ground.
• Remove ignition key.
–UN–23AUG88
• Remove battery when unit is storage.
• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.
TS144
DX,CRPRV,K –19–04JUN90–1/1
Reduce Vandalism
1. Install vandal-proof devices.
2. Participate in a neighborhood watch program. Take

written notes of suspicious vehicles or persons and
report your findings to law enforcement agency.
–UN–23AUG88
3. Regularly verify that identification plates have not been
removed. If they have, notify law enforcement agency.
Order duplicate plates from your dealer.
TS145
DX,CRPRV,L –19–04JUN90–1/1
120-2 121500
PN=358
Report Thefts Immediately
1. Immediately notify your local law enforcement agency

and insurance agent.
2. Provide a complete description of the machine, all of

the documented identification numbers and color
photographs.
3. Request verification of the identification numbers after

they have been entered with any regional or national
crime information center. Double check the numbers to
be sure they are correct.
4. Notify your dealer of the theft and request that its loss
be posted with full description and identification
numbers.
–UN–09JAN89
TS146
TX03679,0001738 –19–07SEP00–1/1
120-3 121500
PN=359
120-4 121500
PN=360
Index
Page Page
A Bleed fuel system

360D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
Accelerator pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 460D, 560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21
Accumulator Boom
Check action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7 Control lever (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Acid burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-14, 90-27, 90-28 Booster batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Air cleaner, engine Brake
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7 Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7
Cleaning primary element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5
Inspecting elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Replacing elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Service brake pedal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 90-44
Restriction indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Button
Unloader valve, clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Unloader valve, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Air conditioner
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Fresh air filter, cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7 C
Receiver-dryer
Moisture indicator, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Cab
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35 Hydraulic tilt procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Air intake hoses, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-11 Recirculating air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Alarm Codes
Reverse warning, changing volume. . . . . . . . 90-33 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-21
Stop engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Cold weather
Alternator Starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23 Transmission disconnect handle . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Voltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7
Arch Condenser
Control lever (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Clean debris from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Control lever (single function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Control valves
Arch down Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Engine off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13 Cooling system
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Coolant conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Diesel engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
B Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Bar, frame locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3 Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17
Battery Radiator coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Acid burns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-14, 90-27, 90-28 Recovery tank coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Boosters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-28 Testing coolant protection level. . . . . . . . . . . 90-18
Disconnect switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Coolscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6
Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-14 Cylinders
Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-14, 90-27, 90-28 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-24, 90-25
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-14
Belt D
Tension adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2
Blade Damper, grapple
Control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 35-2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-42
Index-1 121500
PN=1
Index
Page Page
Defroster Engine
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Air cleaner
Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Cleaning primary element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4
Low sulfur conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Inspecting elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Differential Replacing elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Front Restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2 Unloader valve, clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Oil level, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-8 Unloader valve, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Coolant
Rear Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Coolant conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Oil level, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7 Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-19 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Differential lock Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11, 35-1 Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
In-line filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8 Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Return filter, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-9 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Dimensions Side shield opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4
360D Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-16
360D Grapple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-9 Speed control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
460D Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-18 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
460D Grapple Skidder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-27 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
560D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-36 Torsional damper
Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-12
Door screens, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Drain and refill capacities Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2
360D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-6 Valve lash, check and adjust
360D Grapple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-15 360D, 460D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-22
460D Cable Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-23 560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-24
460D Grapple Skidder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-33 Warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
560D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-42
Drive shaft
Lower
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
F
Lubricate support bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
Winch, lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2 Filter
Driving Breather, hydraulic reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-15
On public roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Breather, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Operating in steep conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Cab recirculating air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Differential lock in-line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
Differential lock return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-9
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Fresh air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7
Fuel, final
E Draining (360D and 460D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Replace (360D, 460D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4
Electrical system 560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-9 Fuel, primary (water separator)
Electrolyte Replace (360D, 460D, 560D). . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
Checking specific gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27 560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-5
Index-2 121500
PN=2
Index
Page Page
Hydraulic return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-12, 85-13 Lubricate rotate bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8

Transmission Lubricate tong cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10, 85-8 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Fire extinguisher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17, 55-9 Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14
Frame pivot Shock, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-44
Locking bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3 Grapple release
Free spool drag adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8 Engine off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Fresh air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7 Grease
Fuel Arch cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Arch-to-frame pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5
Diesel fuel conditioner, low sulfur . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Blade and cylinder pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Boom cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5
Handling and storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Boom-to-arch pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Storage containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Frame hinge pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4
Tank capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Front axle pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Tank filler screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 Front steering cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Fuel filter Grapple head damper, yoke, and crosshead
Final pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-6
Draining (360D and 460D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3 Grapple head rotate bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
Replace (360D, 460D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4 Lower driveshaft support bearing . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-6 Lower telescoping drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
Primary (water separator) Rear steering cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Check and drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Replace (360D, 460D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2 Tong cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-5 Tongs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Fuel system Winch fairlead rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Bleed Winch telescoping drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
360D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19 Grille
460D, 560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3
Injection nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18 Ground
Injection pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-4, 115-44
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
H
G
Hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump
Gauge Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Heater
Monitor display window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Windshield washer fluid tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Holder
Grapple Operator’s manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Hose
Control lever (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Air intake, check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-11
Control lever (single function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Coolant system, checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5 Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Grapple head Hydraulic
Damper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13
Damper adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-42 Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Lubricate damper, yoke, and crosshead Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-9
pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-6 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Index-3 121500
PN=3
Index
Page Page
Oil temperature indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Blade control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 35-2

Reservoir breather filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-15 Boom control (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Return filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-12, 85-13 Grapple control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20 Grapple control (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Hydraulic system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-26 Grapple control (single function) . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9
Pilot controller (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12
Pilot controller (single function) . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11
Steering wheel tilt and telescope. . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
I Transmission control and park brake . .10-10, 30-3
Winch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 35-3
Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-48 Light
Indicator Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Work and deluxe work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5, 90-7 Locking bar, frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3
Engine alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Low sulfur diesel fuel conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Lubricant
Hydraulic oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Hydraulic oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Monitor display window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Lubricate
Monitor panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Arch cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Arch-to-frame pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5
Receiver-dryer, moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6
Blade and cylinder pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Boom cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-5
Secondary steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Boom-to-arch pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Service code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Frame hinge pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4
Service required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Front axle pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Front steering cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Transmission oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Grapple head damper, yoke, and crosshead
Transmission oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Injection pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-6
Nozzles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18 Grapple head rotate bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19 Lower driveshaft support bearing . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
Instrument Lower telescoping drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
Check after starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Rear steering cylinder pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Tong cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Tongs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-7
Winch fairlead rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Winch telescoping drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
K
Knob
Engine speed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 M
Linkage adjustment (360D, 460D) . . . . . . . 85-18
Linkage adjustment (560D) . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-20
Steering wheel spinner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Machine
Maintenance, preparation for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2
Operating
Steep conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
L Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Lever Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Arch control (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
Arch control (single function). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Index-4 121500
PN=4
Index
Page Page
Maintenance P
Preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2
Record keeping. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5, 50-7, CLIS-1 Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5
Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-49 Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Monitor Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Display window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Motors Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-18
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45 Parking the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Linkage adjustment (360D, 460D) . . . . . . . 85-18
N Linkage adjustment (560D) . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-20
Inching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Neutral start system
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-44
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-34
Pilot control
Single lever (dual function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12
Single lever (single function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11
Pivot, frame
O Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4
Pre-start inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
O-ring boss fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-53 Pressurized water system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Oil Fill and charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Change Product identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Differential, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2 Pumps
Differential, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
R
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Check level
Radiator
Differential, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-8
Clean debris from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Differential, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-7
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Receiver-dryer moisture indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-9
Recovery tank coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-8
Regulator precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Lines and fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-52
Reverse warning alarm, changing volume . . . . 90-33
Specification
ROPS
Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Hydraulic tilt procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump . . . . 45-5
Keeping properly installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-47
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Rust inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Park brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Oil cooler S
Clean debris from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Oil filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Screen
Oilscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6 Cab doors, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Operational checkout Transmission suction, clean or replace . . . . . . 85-8
Hydraulic system checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-26 Seat
Operator’s manual holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Adjustment, air ride suspension . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Index-5 121500
PN=5
Index
Page Page
Adjustment, mechanical suspension . . . . . . . 10-11 Spinner knob, steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Belt indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
Secondary steering Steering
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Lubricating cylinder pins
Serial number Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Secondary steering indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Steering wheel spinner knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Steering wheel tilt and telescope lever . . . . . . 10-9
Service Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20
Control valves, cylinders, pumps, motors . . . 90-45 Stop
Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Required indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Stopping
Service brake Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4 Storage
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-19 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Service code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-21 Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Indicator, checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Monthly maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2
Shock, grapple Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-44 Switch
Specification Battery disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29 Cold weather starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Battery electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27 Heater, defroster, and air conditioner . . . . . . 10-15
Coolant conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4 Work light and deluxe work light . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Hardware torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-46
Oil, differential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Oil, hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump . . . 45-5
Oil, hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 T
Oil, park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Oil, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Tilt cab hydraulically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Tire pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
360D Torque value
4000 Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-7 Flat face O-ring seal fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-55
360D Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-4 Hardware specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-46
360D Grapple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-12 Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-48
4000 Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-16 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting. . . . . . . . . . . 90-57
460D Cable Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-21 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-49
4000 Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-24 Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-50
6000 Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-26 Metric four bolt flange fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-56
460D Grapple Skidder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-30 O-ring boss fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-53
4000 Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-34 Wheel bolt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
560D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-39 Torsional damper
6000 Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-43 Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-12
Speed Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Accelerator pedal and engine speed control Towing procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 Transmission
Engine idle, check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-16 Breather filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Machine ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-4, 115-44 Control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 30-3
Speed control linkage adjustment Disconnect handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
360D, and 460D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-18 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
560D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-20 Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Index-6 121500
PN=6
Index
Page Page
Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-8 Water system, pressurized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Fill and charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Oil temperature indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Wheel bolt torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-15 Winch
Transmission cold weather disconnect Brake off adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-38
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 35-3
Transporting Fastening cable-4000 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Grapple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5 Fastening cable-6000 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Free spool drag adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8
Troubleshooting Lubricate telescoping drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
Differential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-19 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-9 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-21
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-18 4000 specifications
Service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-19 360D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-7
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20 360D Grapple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-16
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-15 460D Cable Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-24
Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-21 460D Grapple Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-34
6000 specifications
460D Cable Skidder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-26
560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-43
U Windshield
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Unloader valve, air cleaner Fluid tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Wiper and washer, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1 Wiper and washer, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
3-Way Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6
Valve
Air cleaner unloader
Clean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Control valves, servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-45
Engine, check and adjust lash
360D, 460D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-22
560D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-24
Vent tube
Engine crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Vibration, engine
Inspect engine torsional damper . . . . . . . . . . 85-12
Replace engine torsional damper . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Water separator
Check and drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Index-7 121500
PN=7
Index
Index-8 121500
PN=8
Checklists
System
SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Clean debris from condenser and oil cooler, if equipped, and • Check wheel bolt torque
radiator areas
• Inspect serpentine belt • Clean fuel tank filler screen
• Check and clean air cleaner elements • Fill and charge pressurized water system (if equipped)
• Check tire pressure • Check fire extinguisher charge
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check recovery tank coolant level • Lubricate tongs and tong cylinders (if equipped)
• Check engine oil level • Lubricate boom to arch pivot (460D Grapple, 560D Grapple) (if
equipped)
• Check and drain primary fuel filter (water separator) • Lubricate boom cylinder pins (460D Grapple, 560D Grapple) (if
equipped)
• Clean or replace air cleaner unloader valve • Lubricate arch cylinder pins (if equipped)
• Lubricate frame hinge pivots • Check transmission oil level
• Lubricate boom arch to frame pivot (if equipped) • Check hydraulic system oil level
• Lubricate damper, yoke, and crosshead pins (if equipped)
Every 100 Hours
• Lubricate front axle pivots and front/rear steering cylinder pins • Lubricate winch telescoping drive shaft (if equipped)
• Lubricate winch fairlead rollers (if equipped) • Lubricate lower telescoping drive shaft
• Lubricate lower drive shaft support bearing • Lubricate stacking blade and cylinder pivots
CLIS-1 121500
PN=363
Checklists
REQUIRED PARTS
Insure machine performance and availability; use only genuine Timberjack parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e. filter O-rings.
Engine Oil Filters RE59754* 1 1 1 1
RE57394 (560D)
Primary Fuel Filter RE62424* 1 1
RE65431 (560D)
Final Fuel Filter RE62419* 1 1
AR86745 (560D)
Transmission Oil AT192979 1 1 1
Filter
Transmission AT101565 1
Breather Filter
Hydraulic Oil Filter AT193544 1 1 1
Hydraulic Reservoir AT101565 1
Breather Filter
Differential Lock AT193114 1 1
Return Filter
Differential Lock Inlet AT175334 1
Filter
Air Filter, Primary AR79679* 1
AR80652 (560D)
Air Filter, Secondary AR79680* 1
AR80653 (560D)
Air Cleaner Unloader T23263 1
Valve
Engine Rocker Arm R123543* 1
Cover Gasket R49866 (560D)
PLUS-50 engine oil TY6390 (19 L [5 gal] 19 L (5 gal)* 19 L (5 gal)* 19 L (5 gal)* 19 L (5 gal)*
container) 23.7 L (6.25 gal) 23.7 L (6.25 gal) 23.7 L (6.25 gal) 23.7 L (6.25 gal)
(560D) (560D) (560D) (560D)
* 360D, 460D
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–2/4
CLIS-2 121500
PN=364
Checklists
HY-GARD Transmission and Hydraulic Oil
• 360D (without Axles AR69444 (19 L [5 63.3 L (66.9 qt)

or Winch) gal] container)
• 460D or 560D AR69444 (19 L [5 74.6 L (78.8 qt)
(without Axles or gal] container)
Winch)
gal] container)
gal] container)
• Front Axle— AR69444 (19 L [5 32.0 L (34 qt)
• Rear Axle—1200 AR69444 (19 L [5 24.6 L (26 qt)
gal] container)
• Rear Axle—1400 AR69444 (19 L [5 48 L (51 qt)
gal] container)
• Rear Axle— AR69444 (19 L [5 50 L (53 qt)
• Winch—4000 AR69444 (19 L [5 35.2 L (37 qt)
gal] container)
• Winch—6000 AR69444 (19 L [5 45.5 L (48 qt)
gal] container)
OILSCAN PLUS Kit (ten samples per kit)
• Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1

• Transmission AT178840 1 1
• Axles AT178840 2 2
• Hydraulic AT178844 1 1
COOLSCAN PLUS AT183016 1
Kit
Coolant Conditioner TY16004 390 ml (13 oz)
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR RECORD KEEPING SYSTEM

Model: 360D, 460D and 560D Skidders Customer:
PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain/change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000, hours.
Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information you supply.
Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.

COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–3/4
CLIS-3 121500
PN=365
Checklists
Every 250 Hours

• Change engine oil and replace filter
Comments:

Every 500 Hours
• Check radiator coolant level • Replace differential lock return filter
• Replace primary fuel filter (water separator) • Replace transmission filter
• Replace final fuel filter • Check air intake hoses
• Check brake accumulator action • Replace hydraulic reservoir filter
• Check differential oil level • Check battery electrolyte level and terminals
Comments:

Every 1000 Hours
• Replace air cleaner elements • Replace differential lock inlet filter
• Replace air cleaner unloader valve • Change transmission oil and clean screen
• Change front and rear differential oil • Inspect engine torsional damper
• Replace transmission breather filter • Change hydraulic oil and breather filter
• Change winch oil (if equipped) • Check and adjust engine speed control linkage
• Lubricate grapple rotate bearing (if equipped) • Check and adjust valve lash
Comments:

TX03679,0001752 –19–30OCT00–4/4
CLIS-4 121500
PN=366
Service Literature Available
Technical Information
Technical information is available from your Timberjack

dealer. Order from your dealer or the Timberjack Service
Department. Please have available the model number,
serial number, and name of the product.
Available information includes:
• PARTS CATALOGS list service parts available for your

machine with exploded view illustrations to help you
identify the correct parts. It is also useful in assembling
and disassembling.
• OPERATOR’S MANUALS providing safety, operating,
maintenance, and service information. These manuals
and safety signs on your machine may also be available
in other languages.
• OPERATOR’S VIDEO TAPES showing highlights of
safety, operating, maintenance, and service information.
These tapes may be available in multiple languages
and formats.
• TECHNICAL MANUALS outlining service information for
your machine. Included are specifications, illustrated
assembly and disassembly procedures, hydraulic oil
flow diagrams, and wiring diagrams. Some products
have separate manuals for repair and diagnostic
information. Some components, such as engines, are
available in separate component technical manuals
• FUNDAMENTAL MANUALS detailing basic information
regardless of manufacturer:
– Agricultural Primer series covers technology in
farming and ranching, featuring subjects like
computers, the Internet, and precision farming.
– Farm Business Management series examines
“real-world” problems and offers practical solutions in
the areas of marketing, financing, equipment
selection, and compliance.
– Fundamentals of Services manuals show you how to
repair and maintain off-road equipment.
– Fundamentals of Machine Operation manuals explain
machine capacities and adjustments, how to improve
machine performance, and how to eliminate
unnecessary field operations.
TX03679,0001727 –19–05SEP00–1/1
121500
PN=367
Service Literature Available
121500
PN=368
360D, 460D, 560D Skidders
OMT186434 A1
SPINE2

OMT186434 Unlocked

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OMT186434 Unlocked

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

360D, 460D, and 560D

John Deere Dubuque Works

EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FOR

warranty, less emissions-related parts and components, is

Technical Information Feedback Form

We need your help to continually improve our technical

SEND TO: Timberjack Inc

FAX NUMBER: 1-519-537-2664

Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):

Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

Dealer Acct. No.:

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 Windshield Washer Fluid Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

Fastening Cable to Winch Drum—4000 Maintenance and Repair Record

Replace Primary Fuel Filter (Water Checking Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15

Machine Numbers Service Literature Available

Recognize Safety Information

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

Understand Signal Words

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is

DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near

Follow Safety Instructions

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

Keep your machine in proper working condition.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need

Avoid Injury From Rollover

• Be careful when operating on a slope.

Avoid Injury From Backover

To avoid backover accidents:

• Always look around before you back up. Be sure that

TX,05,DY367 –19– 3JUN96–1/1

Avoid Injury From Rollaway

• Select level ground when possible to park machine.

Inspect your machine carefully each day by walking

Use Handholds and Steps

Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.

When you get on and off the machine, always maintain a

Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or

Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and

Prevent Machine Runaway

Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.

Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.

Use Seat Belt Properly

Use a seat belt when you operate with a roll-over

Do not use a seat belt if operating without a ROPS or

Replace entire seat belt if mounting hardware, buckle,

Maintain Seat Belt

It is important to use the seat belt on ROPS equipped

The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced

Between replacement intervals:

• Carefully examine buckle, webbing, and attaching

Machines equipped with cabs or OPS (Operator

Know the location of bystanders before moving the

Always keep the reverse warning alarm in working

Use a signal person when moving the machine in

Operate Machine Safely

Engage clutch slowly: • Clamp the grapple around logs.

Avoid Power Lines

Serious injury or death can result from contact with

Never move any part of the machine or load closer to

Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is